{"title":"Builder — Accessories","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"red-sea-reefview-glasses-6-units","title":"Red Sea ReefView Glasses 6 Units","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefView Glasses let you see your corals' true colours under blue-heavy reef lighting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Modern LED reef lights are rich in blue and violet wavelengths, which makes coral colouration and fluorescence hard to judge with the naked eye. ReefView Glasses filter out that blue cast, similar to how a photographer's lens filter works, so the colours you see sit closer to how the coral actually looks. This pack contains 6 units, suited to a shop counter, frag swap table, or reef club open night where more than one person wants a look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilters blue-dominant reef lighting to reveal coral colouration and fluorescence more accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMakes colour changes in corals easier to spot for routine health checks than under raw blue light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandy for previewing how a coral will look before deciding whether a camera lens filter is worth using\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack of 6 — enough for a display stand, shop counter, or group viewing session\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReef viewing glasses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED443\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290116397252\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to marine and reef aquariums running blue-spectrum LED lighting, where they help reveal coral colour and fluorescence normally washed out by the blue cast. They're not safety eyewear, and for camera work a dedicated lens filter is still the more accurate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs naturally with Red Sea ReefLED lighting and other blue-heavy reef LED fixtures, where the blue cast they filter out is strongest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's standard warranty against faults, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Get in touch if anything arrives faulty and we'll sort it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo these change how the coral actually looks, or just how it looks through the glasses?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOnly how it looks through the glasses. They filter light on its way to your eyes and have no effect on the coral or the tank itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill they work with any reef light, or only Red Sea lighting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAny blue-heavy reef LED lighting, not just Red Sea fixtures. The effect is strongest under lights with a high proportion of blue and violet output.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the pack 6 units instead of a single pair?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSix units suit retail display, reef clubs, or shops that want multiple pairs on hand for customers or visitors to try at once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre these only useful on saltwater tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They're built around the blue-heavy lighting used on marine and reef aquariums and won't offer any benefit under standard freshwater lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774155084067,"sku":"RED443","price":94.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RedSeaReefViewGlasses.jpg?v=1782112694"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50-g2-60-universal-mount-arm","title":"Red Sea ReefLed 50 \/ G2 60 Universal Mount Arm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne arm mounts both the ReefLED 50 and the newer G2 60.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's genuine universal mounting arm clamps to the rim of a nano tank and holds a ReefLED 50 or ReefLED G2 60 fixture at the correct height and angle above the water, with enough adjustment to dial in coverage and shimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits two generations\u003c\/strong\u003e — the same arm mounts the first-generation ReefLED 50 and the current ReefLED G2 60, so a light upgrade doesn't force a mounting upgrade too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRim mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — clamps to the tank rim rather than requiring a stand or ceiling fixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable reach and angle\u003c\/strong\u003e — positions the fixture over the display for even spread rather than a fixed, one-position mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — direct-fit factory hardware, matched to the ReefLED mounting point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim clamp, adjustable arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle arm (one per fixture)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea has not published the exact rim thickness range or arm reach in centimetres for this part — if your tank has an unusually thick rim, a euro-brace, or a rimless cabinet-mounted setup, check fit against your own tank before ordering, or consider the hanging kit instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to a standard glass or acrylic nano tank rim. Not a fit for a fully rimless tank with no lip to clamp onto — for that setup, the ReefLED hanging kit (ceiling suspension) is the alternative Red Sea sells for the same fixtures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for anyone running a ReefLED 50 or G2 60 who wants rim mounting rather than ceiling suspension, including someone upgrading from a ReefLED 50 to a G2 60 who wants to reuse their existing arm. Not suitable for rimless tanks with no mounting lip, or for the larger ReefLED G2 115\/170 fixtures, which use their own mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes one arm hold one fixture, or can it hold two?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne arm mounts one fixture. If you're running two ReefLED 50 or G2 60 units over a single tank, you'll need one arm per light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — this is a rim-clamp arm. For a rimless tank, use the ReefLED hanging kit instead, which suspends the fixture from the ceiling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this to mount a ReefLED G2 60 if I upgrade from a ReefLED 50?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's the same arm for both, which is exactly why Red Sea kept the mounting point unchanged between the two generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit the larger ReefLED 90 or G2 115\/170?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — those larger fixtures use their own mounting arms sized to their heavier housings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159311139,"sku":"RED702","price":98.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED702_2.jpg?v=1772078798"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-75-100cm-tanks-white","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 75-100cm tanks White","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne frame, no rim clamps, and every cable tidied into the ceiling.\u003c\/strong\u003e This white Red Sea ReefLED Pendant suspends ReefLED units above aquariums from 75–100 cm wide, giving an open, unobstructed rim and holding the lights at a fixed height and spacing instead of relying on rim clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 75–100 cm tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smallest of Red Sea's five pendant sizes, matched to nano and standard cube-format reef tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads run through the frame rather than trailing across the hood or rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches a white cabinet or ceiling rather than standing out against it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED707 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2 ReefLED fixtures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length rather than to a specific light count:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length, not the light count you're planning — the frame is built to the tank, and ReefLED units are added to it on separate adapter trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units themselves, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks 75–100 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60 — that fixture uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit, not this pendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a rimless or low-profile nano-to-standard reef tank where you want the light held clear of the rim on a fixed, tidy frame. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and not the right choice if you're only running one light and don't need a suspended frame — a single mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler and cheaper for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a boxed frame kit by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many lights can I fit on this size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 2 ReefLED fixtures on this 75–100 cm frame. You'll still need a separate adapter tray per fixture (ReefLED 90 or 160S) to mount each light onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159343907,"sku":"RED707","price":482.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED707.jpg?v=1772078794"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-155-180cm-tanks","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 155-180cm tanks","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHold up to four lights level, evenly spaced, with nothing on the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This black Red Sea ReefLED Pendant suspends ReefLED units above aquariums from 155–180 cm wide, and is built to carry up to four fixtures across the frame — the size most four-to-six-foot reef displays need once they're running more than one or two lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for 155–180 cm tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds up to four ReefLED units, spaced evenly across the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access, and suits peninsula as well as regular tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads run through the frame rather than trailing across the hood or rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — a low-profile option; the same frame is also sold in white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED712 (black) \/ RED713 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLight capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 4 x ReefLED 90 or 160S units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145 — holds up to 3 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm (this listing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147 — holds up to 4 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length first, then plan light count against the frame — the frame is built to the tank, and each ReefLED unit is added on its own adapter tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks 155–180 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself — at up to four fixtures wide, confirm there's a solid fixing point spanning the full frame length before drilling. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60, which uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a four-to-six-foot reef display running two to four ReefLED units that wants them held level and evenly spaced without any rim clamps. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and oversized for a single-light setup — a mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a boxed frame kit by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many ReefLED units does this pendant hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to four, spaced evenly across the 155–180 cm frame. Fewer units can be run on the same frame with wider spacing between them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774159376675,"sku":"RED712","price":693.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335334117667,"sku":"RED713","price":693.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED712.jpg?v=1772078795"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 50 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea hanging kit for a rimless, arm-free install.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea part R35133 suspends a ReefLED 50 (or G2 60) from the ceiling on adjustable cables — the rimless-look alternative to a rear-wall mounting arm, with cable-length adjustment as your coarse intensity control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35133\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhat it includes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable ceiling-suspension cable kit for one fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKit for one fixture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFitting requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid ceiling fixing point above the tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 and ReefLED G2 60 — genuine Red Sea part number R35133\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDetails\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling suspension on adjustable cables, sold as a kit for one fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaising the light lowers PAR at the water's surface without touching the app — a simple way to soften intensity across the whole tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a solid ceiling fixing point above the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mounting option do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the hanging kit over the rear-wall arm when the tank sits away from a wall, when you want the fixture visually separated from the rim, or when you're running a rimless display and don't want an arm in the sightline. The arm is the simpler, cheaper option where the tank backs onto a wall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159704355,"sku":"RED721","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED721_1.jpg?v=1772078813"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-90-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 90 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend your ReefLED 90 from the ceiling instead of the tank rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is Red Sea's factory hanging kit for the first-generation ReefLED 90, giving a clean, rimless-look alternative to arm mounting. The light hangs on adjustable suspension wires, so you can raise or lower it to tune coverage and intensity without touching a mounting arm or the app.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — factory hanging kit for the ReefLED 90.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps mounting hardware off the tank rim and cabinet, suited to rimless and open-top setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/strong\u003e — raising the light is a simple, tool-free way to spread PAR more gently across the tank; lowering it concentrates intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit fits the \u003cstrong\u003efirst-generation (G1) ReefLED 90 only.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's G2 range (ReefLED G2 60, G2 115 and G2 170) uses a separate hanging kit built for that generation's mounting adapter — the two are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart name\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90 hanging kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90, first generation (G1) only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoes not fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED G2 60, G2 115, G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling-fixed, adjustable-length suspension wire per corner\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eComplete kit — light-side adapter, suspension wires and ceiling fixings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 x ReefLED 90 hanging kit — adapter plate, suspension wires, ceiling fixing hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eThe ReefLED 90 light itself\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to a G1 ReefLED 90 owner moving from arm mounting to ceiling suspension, or fitting out a new rimless tank with no rim to clamp an arm onto. Not suitable for G2 lights, and not a fit for solid or low ceilings where a suspension point can't be securely anchored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the suspension wires and ceiling fixings periodically, particularly after any bump or knock to the light, since a mains-powered fixture hanging above an open tank depends on that fixing staying secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty on genuine spare parts, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with a G2 ReefLED?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The G2 range (60, 115, 170) takes a different hanging kit sized for its own mounting adapter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes raising the light reduce PAR at the substrate?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — increasing the drop height spreads and softens intensity, the same relationship as any aquarium light moved further from the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I still need the mounting arm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The hanging kit is an alternative to arm mounting, not an addition to it.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159737123,"sku":"RED722","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/cf4f0c0ae03a4d78995a2f4185b36aea12cb016b_386c9ee5-c4eb-48a2-951c-467416dd7a12.png?v=1782108658"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-160s-g2-hanging-kit","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 160S \/ G2 Hanging Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspends a ReefLED 160S or G2 170 from the ceiling instead of clamping it to the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This genuine Red Sea hanging kit gives a rimless, cable-suspended look and lets you tune the light's height — and so its intensity across the tank — without an app or a driver change.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — factory kit sized for the 160S\/G2 170.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling suspension on adjustable cables\u003c\/strong\u003e — no rim clamp, so it works on fully rimless tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight is a coarse dimming control\u003c\/strong\u003e — raise the light for gentler PAR across the whole tank, lower it for more intensity, without touching the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 160S, ReefLED G2 170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable ceiling suspension (cable hanging kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode \/ identifying number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7290100779293\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold singly, one per light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea doesn't publish a maximum drop height, cable length or weight rating for this kit, so those figures aren't stated here rather than estimated — check the box or ask us before planning an unusually high or low ceiling installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich mounting system do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest for\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging Kit (this part)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling suspension, rimless display, easy height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Mounting Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRimmed or braced tanks, fixed clamp position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter Tray for Pendant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea MAX E \/ REEFER pendant and hanging-rail fixtures\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFits ReefLED 160S and G2 170 only — the 50\/60 and 90\/115 units use their own hanging hardware, sized differently for their lighter weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this on a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — that's the main reason to choose it over the rim-clamp mounting arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes raising the light really change the intensity much?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — light intensity falls off with distance, so height is an effective coarse control alongside the app's dimming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED 90?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the 90\/G2 115 uses its own hanging hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774159900963,"sku":"RED725","price":81.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED725_1.jpg?v=1772078821"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-pendant-for-180-205cm-tank","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Pendant for 180-205cm tank","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe widest ReefLED frame Red Sea makes, for displays that need several lights held dead level.\u003c\/strong\u003e This black Red Sea ReefLED Pendant is the largest of the range, suspending ReefLED units above wide aquariums on a single ceiling-hung frame instead of a run of separate rim clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe widest size in the range\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for tanks around 180–205 cm long, the largest of Red Sea's five pendant lengths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling-hung, not rim-clamped\u003c\/strong\u003e — frees the whole rim for feeding, aquascaping and equipment access, and suits peninsula as well as regular tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed cable routing\u003c\/strong\u003e — power leads for every fixture on the frame run back through it rather than trailing across the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — a low-profile option; the same frame is also sold in white.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits tank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED763 (black) \/ RED764 (white)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 and ReefLED 160S — not the smaller ReefLED G2 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting drop (light unit only, fixture-dependent)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90: approx. 21 cm · ReefLED 160S: approx. 31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich ReefLED Pendant do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea makes this pendant in five lengths, each in black or white, matched to tank length:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number (Black \/ White)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75–100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35140 \/ R35141\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100–120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35142 \/ R35143\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125–150 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35144 \/ R35145 — holds up to 3 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e155–180 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35146 \/ R35147 — holds up to 4 units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180–205 cm (this listing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR35148 \/ R35149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure your tank's external length before ordering. If your tank is close to either end of this frame's range, check with us first — manufacturer documentation on the exact upper limit of this largest size varies between sources, and we'd rather confirm than have you order the wrong frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pendant frame ships with its ceiling suspension hardware. It does not include the ReefLED light units, or the adapter trays that clip each fixture into the frame — a \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 90 Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160S Adapter Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately, one per fixture) is required to mount lights onto it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSized for tanks around 180–205 cm long. It's a ceiling-suspended frame, not a rim clamp, so check the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium rather than the rim itself — at this width, confirm there's a solid fixing point spanning the full frame length before drilling. This size does not fit the compact ReefLED G2 60, which uses its own mounting arm or the separate G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for a large reef display running several ReefLED units across a wide or peninsula tank that needs them held level without a run of separate rim clamps. Not suitable for the ReefLED G2 60, and unnecessary for a single-light setup — a mounting arm or the G2 hanging kit is simpler and cheaper for one fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. This is a large, oversized frame kit — confirm delivery access for a long boxed item when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this the largest ReefLED pendant Red Sea makes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, of the five lengths in the range, this is the widest, covering tanks around 180–205 cm long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 60?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant range is built for the ReefLED 90 and 160S. The G2 60 uses its own mounting arm or the separate ReefLED G2 hanging kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the adapter trays included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The pendant is the frame only — you'll need a ReefLED 90 or 160S adapter tray for each light unit, sold separately, to mount it onto the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":54774160326947,"sku":"RED763","price":784.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"White","offer_id":55335334609187,"sku":"RED764","price":784.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/RED763_3.jpg?v=1772078840"},{"product_id":"red-sea-salt-measuring-cup","title":"Red Sea Salt Measuring Cup","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConsistent scoops make consistent salinity.\u003c\/strong\u003e This Red Sea salt measuring cup is designed to pair with Red Sea Salt and Coral Pro Salt, so you're adding the same amount of dry salt to your mixing water every time — a simple way to stop salinity drifting from batch to batch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eField\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for use with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea Salt and Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold as\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle measuring scoop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRED12001\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-made for Red Sea Salt and Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized to the salt rather than a generic kitchen measure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepeatable dosing\u003c\/strong\u003e — a level scoop gives close to the same weight of salt each time, which is what keeps salinity consistent between water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple and durable\u003c\/strong\u003e — a single moulded scoop with no parts to lose or wear out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to anyone mixing Red Sea Salt or Coral Pro Salt by volume rather than weighing on scales. Not a substitute for checking the finished mix with a refractometer or hydrometer — a level scoop gets you close to the target salinity, but the only way to confirm it is measuring the mixed water itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDosage and directions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFill to a level scoop, never heaped — a heaped scoop isn't a repeatable measure and will push your mix stronger than intended. Use the same scoop and levelling technique every time, and verify the result with a refractometer once the mix is fully dissolved and temperature-stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse and dry after use to stop salt residue building up inside the scoop, which can throw off the fill volume over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSold subject to Red Sea's standard product guarantees, which apply in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes one scoop equal a fixed weight of salt?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA level scoop gives a repeatable volume, and salt of a given density weighs close to the same amount scoop to scoop — but the reliable way to hit a target salinity is still to verify the mixed water with a refractometer, not to count scoops alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit both Red Sea Salt and Coral Pro Salt buckets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — it's designed to pair with both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use a kitchen measuring cup instead?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can, but a kitchen cup won't necessarily match the fill volume this scoop is designed around, and the point of a dedicated scoop is a repeatable measure batch to batch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54774163931427,"sku":"RED12001","price":6.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/Measuring_Cup.jpg?v=1782108687"},{"product_id":"marina-floating-glass-thermometer","title":"Marina Floating Glass Thermometer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA simple glass thermometer that floats or sticks to the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Marina Floating Glass Thermometer is a liquid-filled glass thermometer for freshwater and marine aquariums. It's designed to float upright in the water, and comes with a suction cup so you can fix it to the inside of the glass instead if you'd rather it stayed in one spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual scale\u003c\/strong\u003e — reads in both Celsius and Fahrenheit, so you can check the temperature at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety zone band\u003c\/strong\u003e — a marked zone on the scale shows the general temperature range suited to most tropical fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFloat or stick\u003c\/strong\u003e — works loose and floating, or held against the glass with the included suction cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh or marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits both freshwater and saltwater aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarina (Hagen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid-filled glass thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloats freely, or suction-mounts to glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCelsius and Fahrenheit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3821\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHagen does not publish an exact numeric temperature range for this model — the scale carries a marked safety zone rather than printed minimum and maximum figures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday temperature checks in freshwater and marine tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a digital controller probe if you're relying on the reading to run a heater or chiller automatically — this is a visual, check-by-eye thermometer only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe algae off the glass occasionally so the scale stays easy to read. Being glass, handle it gently — it isn't a scraper for the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA digital thermometer or controller, if you want a continuously logged reading rather than a glance-and-check one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn algae scraper, for keeping the glass around the thermometer clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Marina's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need to float, or should I stick it to the glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEither works. Floating is simplest; the suction cup is there if you'd rather it stayed in a fixed viewing spot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Marina markets this thermometer for both freshwater and saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow accurate is the safety zone marking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a general guide to the range most tropical fish are kept in, not a precise reading — for critical applications, pair it with a digital thermometer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242216341795,"sku":"AA3821","price":3.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"marina-vertical-lcd-thermometer-10cm-19-30degrees","title":"Marina Vertical LCD Thermometer 10cm 19 - 30degrees","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA temperature reading you can take from across the room, with nothing inside the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Marina Vertical LCD Thermometer is a 10 cm adhesive strip that sticks to the outside of the aquarium glass and reads from 19 to 30 °C. Because it mounts externally there is no suction cup to fail, nothing for a cichlid to dislodge, and no glass to break in the tank. Mounted vertically, it fits neatly in the corner of a panel rather than taking up viewing width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReads 19 to 30 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers the normal range for tropical community, marine and most planted tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts outside the glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — nothing in the water to knock loose, clean around, or break.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 cm vertical strip\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits in a corner of the panel instead of across the viewing area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing to power or calibrate\u003c\/strong\u003e — no battery, no probe, no cable through the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive LCD strip thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eOrientation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 °C to 30 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive, external glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA9131\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarina does not currently publish a stated accuracy or scale increment for this thermometer, so neither figure is claimed here. Treat it as an at-a-glance check rather than a laboratory reading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it suit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19–30 °C range is the thing to check before you buy. A tropical community tank at 24–26 °C or a reef at 25–26 °C sits comfortably in the middle of the scale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo cases fall outside it. A coldwater goldfish tank in a Brisbane winter can drop below 19 °C, and any tank in an un-airconditioned Queensland room can pass 30 °C in summer — which is exactly when you most want a number. Above or below the scale the strip simply stops giving you a reading, so if summer overheating is the problem you are trying to watch, use a digital thermometer with a wider range as well.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich Marina thermometer do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eThermometer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eReads from\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-vertical-lcd-thermometer-10cm-19-30degrees\"\u003eMarina Vertical LCD Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive, outside the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutside the tank, through the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-floating-glass-thermometer\"\u003eMarina Floating Glass Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree floating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-suction-glass-floating-thermometer\"\u003eMarina Suction Glass Floating Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuction cup, inside the glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIn the water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSetup and use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean and dry the outside of the glass first. Adhesive strips do not stick to a salt-filmed or damp panel, and once positioned they are difficult to move without damaging the strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosition it on a panel away from direct sunlight, room heaters, air conditioning vents and the aquarium light, and not directly opposite the heater. Any of those will pull the reading away from the true water temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass aquariums running between 19 and 30 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks with boisterous fish that dislodge in-tank thermometers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA second, at-a-glance check alongside a heater's own thermostat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColdwater tanks that sit below 19 °C, or tanks you expect to exceed 30 °C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThick-walled or heavily insulated tanks, where the glass lags behind the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSituations that need an exact figure, such as acclimatising sensitive livestock or diagnosing a heater fault\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-floating-glass-thermometer\"\u003eMarina Floating Glass Thermometer\u003c\/a\u003e — an in-water second opinion when the strip reading looks wrong\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-black-fish-net\"\u003eMarina Black Fish Net\u003c\/a\u003e — for moving fish once temperatures are matched\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-fish-net-breeder-box\"\u003eMarina Fish Net Breeder Box\u003c\/a\u003e — small volumes swing in temperature fastest and are worth watching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/marina-airstone-2-5cm-card\"\u003eMarina Air Stone 2.5 cm\u003c\/a\u003e — extra aeration matters most as water warms and holds less oxygen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarina does not publish a fixed warranty term for this thermometer. Anything the manufacturer offers applies in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law, which are not limited by anything stated on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel item. No dangerous goods or oversize handling applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes a stick-on thermometer read the room or the water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt reads the glass, which sits between the two. On a normal glass aquarium the glass tracks the water closely, provided the strip is not in sunlight, above a heat source, or in the path of an air conditioner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I move the strip after sticking it on?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsually not without damaging it. Decide the position before you press it down, and clean and dry the glass first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if my tank goes above 30 °C?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe scale simply runs out and no segment lights. That is a real limitation in a Queensland summer, so pair it with a wider-range digital thermometer if overheating is your concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work on an acrylic tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt will adhere, but acrylic conducts heat differently from glass and the reading is less reliable. On acrylic, an in-water thermometer is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242218668323,"sku":"BA9131","price":4.75,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/TH06_6.png?v=1782296830"},{"product_id":"marina-suction-glass-floating-thermometer","title":"Marina Suction Glass Floating Thermometer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA glass thermometer you can fix straight to the aquarium glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Marina Suction Glass Floating Thermometer is a liquid-filled glass thermometer for freshwater and marine tanks, supplied with a suction cup so it can be mounted against the glass at eye level, or left to float freely if you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuction-cup mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds the thermometer against the glass so it doesn't drift around the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual scale\u003c\/strong\u003e — Celsius and Fahrenheit on the one glass tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety zone band\u003c\/strong\u003e — a marked zone shows the general range suited to most tropical fish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh or marine\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits both freshwater and saltwater setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarina (Hagen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLiquid-filled glass thermometer with suction mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCelsius and Fahrenheit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA9130\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs with Marina's other glass thermometers, Hagen doesn't publish exact minimum and maximum numeric readings for this model — the printed safety zone stands in for a numeric range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed-position temperature checks where you don't want the thermometer drifting on the surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a replacement for a digital probe thermometer if you need a continuous or logged reading.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePress the suction cup onto clean glass for the best hold, and re-wet it if it stops gripping. Wipe algae off the tube occasionally so it stays easy to read.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn algae scraper or pad, to keep the glass around the mount clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA digital or LCD thermometer, if you'd like a second, continuously-displayed reading alongside this one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Marina's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I still let it float instead of using the suction cup?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the suction cup is optional. Left unattached, the thermometer floats upright the same way Marina's other glass thermometers do.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs this the same thermometer as Marina's other floating glass thermometer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's the same type of liquid-filled glass thermometer from the Marina range, sold here with the suction mount included. If you're unsure which listing you need, contact us and we'll confirm stock and packaging before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's suited to both freshwater and marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242218701091,"sku":"BA9130","price":4.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/TA3_3.png?v=1782296832"},{"product_id":"nutra-matic-economy-auto-fish-feeder","title":"Nutra-Matic Economy Auto Fish Feeder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo automatic feeds a day while you're away.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Nutrafin Nutra-Matic is a battery-powered automatic fish feeder that dispenses flake, granule or small pellet food twice a day, roughly every 12 hours, so fish are fed on a set schedule during a weekend away or a longer trip. It mounts to the aquarium rim or sits free-standing, and fits inside some canopies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds twice daily\u003c\/strong\u003e — dispenses on a fixed, roughly 12-hour cycle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable portion size\u003c\/strong\u003e — a food-quantity dial controls how much drops per feed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-humidity door\u003c\/strong\u003e — closes between feeds to keep food dry and reduce clumping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits on the rim, free-standing, or inside some canopies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHandles flake, granule and small pellet food.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeding cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoughly every 12 hours (2 feeds a day)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries (not included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood types\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake, granule, small pellet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim, free-standing, or in-canopy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds 5–10 fish for up to 3 days per fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the Nutra-Matic feeder unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll still need: 2 x AA batteries (not included) and your own dry food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine tanks fed on dry flake, granule or small pellet food, and for trips of a few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for frozen or gel food, or as a sole feeding method over long absences without someone checking in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEmpty and dry the hopper between trips so leftover food doesn't go stale or clump in the anti-humidity door mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery-powered, not mains-powered. Keep it away from splash and direct spray from filter returns so the door mechanism doesn't jam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many fish can it feed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe manufacturer rates a full dispenser for 5 to 10 fish for up to 3 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo the batteries come with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it takes 2 AA batteries, sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust how much food comes out?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, a food-quantity dial sets the portion released at each feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work with pellets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — flake, granule and small pellet food all work in the Nutra-Matic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Nutrafin's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Nutrafin","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242234593571,"sku":"BA8379","price":63.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"marina-fish-net-breeder-box","title":"Marina Fish Net Breeder Box","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps fry, sick or newly added fish safe without a second tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Marina Fish Net Breeder Box is a fine-mesh net enclosure that hangs inside your main aquarium, giving fry, weak fish or new arrivals their own protected space while still sharing the main tank's water. Water moves freely through the mesh so oxygen and temperature stay matched to the display tank, without the stress of a full quarantine setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine mesh netting\u003c\/strong\u003e — lets water flow through freely, keeping oxygen levels up around the occupants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIn-tank isolation\u003c\/strong\u003e — separates fry, sick fish or pregnant livebearers from the general population without a second aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo extra plumbing or power\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits inside the existing tank and uses the tank's own water and temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarina (Hagen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloating fine-mesh net breeder \/ isolation box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3730\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarina does not publish external dimensions or mesh gauge for this item on its current spec sheet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIsolating fry after a livebearer gives birth, so they aren't eaten by tankmates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGiving a sick or injured fish a calm, separate space to recover in, while still sharing the main tank's water chemistry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a substitute for a proper quarantine tank when treating disease with medication — dosing the main tank affects every fish in it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRinse the mesh in aquarium water — never tap water or soap — between uses, and check it regularly for a build-up of waste that can reduce water flow through the mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA turkey baster or fry net, for gently moving small fish in and out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA small floating thermometer, to confirm the breeder box sits away from any heater hot-spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Marina's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill fry escape through the mesh?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the mesh is fine enough to hold newborn livebearer fry while still letting water pass through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it need an air stone or filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It relies on water exchange through the mesh with the main tank, so no separate filtration or aeration is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMarina markets this as a general aquarium accessory rather than a marine-specific product. If you're isolating marine fish or invertebrates, contact us first, as saltwater isolation usually calls for different equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Marina","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242236133667,"sku":"AA3730","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/TA7_1.png?v=1782296836"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefview","title":"Red Sea ReefView","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSee coral fluorescence the way a blue LED wants you to.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea ReefView is a pair of yellow-lens viewing glasses that filter out excess blue light from actinic and reef LED lighting, making coral colour and fluorescence read more clearly to the eye than it does unfiltered. This listing is one pair, supplied in its own carry pouch — not the 6-unit trade pack we also stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYellow filter lens\u003c\/strong\u003e — cuts the blue-heavy cast of actinic and full-spectrum reef LEDs so coral colour and polyp detail stand out more clearly to the naked eye.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandy for photos, not just viewing\u003c\/strong\u003e — many reefers use them to judge true colour before shooting, since a phone camera under actinic light struggles the same way the eye does.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComes with its own pouch\u003c\/strong\u003e — for keeping the lenses scratch-free between tank-side sessions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne pair per unit\u003c\/strong\u003e — see our 6-unit ReefView pack if you are buying for a club night, store counter or as a multi-buy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYellow-lens coral viewing glasses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 pair, with carry pouch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBA8095\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish lens material, UV-blocking or magnification specifications for this product on the pages we could access, and there are not any to invent — it is a straightforward colour filter, not a technical optic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuited to anyone running actinic or blue-heavy reef LED lighting who wants to see true coral colour without waiting for a lighting change, and to reefers who like to check colour before photographing a tank. Not a substitute for proper safety eyewear — these are a colour filter, not rated eye protection, and they will not do much under a daylight-only or all-white lighting setup with little blue in the spectrum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStore in the supplied pouch when not in use to avoid scratching the lens. Wipe with a soft lens cloth; avoid abrasive cleaners or paper towel on the lens surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the difference between this and the ReefView 6-unit pack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSame glasses — this listing is a single pair with its own pouch, while the 6-unit pack is a multi-buy of six pairs, better suited to a club, store or gift-giving quantity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo these actually change what my coral looks like, or just what the photo looks like?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth — the yellow lens filters the light reaching your eye directly, so the effect is visible looking straight at the tank, not just through a camera.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill these work under any aquarium light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey do the most under actinic-heavy or blue-shifted reef LED spectrums. Under daylight-only or low-blue lighting there is less blue cast for the lens to filter, so the effect is more subtle.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242237837603,"sku":"BA8095","price":13.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reefview-3004161-1600.jpg?v=1781836191"},{"product_id":"fluval-breeder-box-1-1l","title":"Fluval Breeder Box 1.1L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hang-on nursery that isolates fry, new arrivals or an injured fish without setting up a separate tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Breeder Box clips onto the outside of your aquarium and uses your existing water, so there's no separate heater or filter to run. Powered by an air pump, it keeps water circulating gently through the 1.1 L chamber while keeping its occupant safe from tankmates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHatchery and incubator\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects newborn fry from being eaten by tankmates, improving survival rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoubles as a hospital box\u003c\/strong\u003e — gives an injured, weak or newly acclimating fish a safe, separate space using the main tank's own water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eV-shape separator included\u003c\/strong\u003e — divides the chamber, useful for keeping a livebearer separate from fry she's already dropped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo heater or filter needed\u003c\/strong\u003e — draws on the main tank's temperature and water quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits most tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — two slit plates cover both frameless glass and framed aquariums with a rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.1 L (0.3 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 x 12.5 x 12 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrameless glass fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5–10 mm thick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFramed tank fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRim up to 45 mm (1¾\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3637\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e015561109420\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: breeding box with cover, intake tube, V-shape separator, levelling adjuster, air valve, 12\" airline tube, discharge cap, intake extension, O-ring, strainer, and two slit plates for different frame thicknesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot included: an air pump. Fluval specifies one delivering around 1 L of flow per minute, such as its own Q.5 (Item A849) or A101 (Item A851), plus airline tubing (Item A1141) if you don't already have spare line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe box uses one of two included slit plates to clip on — one sized for frameless tanks with 5–10 mm glass, the other for framed tanks with a rim up to 45 mm. Outside the tank, it needs roughly 16.5 x 12.5 x 12 cm of clearance to sit level against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for isolating fry, a stressed or injured fish, or a new arrival that needs to acclimate gradually, in freshwater or saltwater. Not a substitute for a proper hospital or grow-out tank over the longer term — at 1.1 L it's a short-to-medium-term holding space, not permanent housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the air pump running continuously to maintain circulation through the chamber. Because the box shares the main tank's water, an ordinary partial water change on the display tank keeps water quality inside the box in step with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard consumer guarantee against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight class.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with an air pump?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — Fluval specifies a pump delivering around 1 L of flow per minute, such as its Q.5 (A849) or A101 (A851), sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, provided the glass is between 5 and 10 mm thick — the box includes a slit plate sized for frameless glass in that range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I keep fry and an adult fish in it at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe included V-shape separator lets you split the chamber, so you can house fry away from an adult in the same box.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242238099747,"sku":"AA3637","price":40.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/FLV01_2.jpg?v=1782878843"},{"product_id":"fluval-holding-and-breeder-box-1-9l","title":"Fluval Holding And Breeder Box 1.9L","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA hang-on nursery that uses your tank's own water, no separate heater or filter needed.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Holding and Breeding Box hangs on the outside of the aquarium and circulates water from the main tank using an air pump, giving fry, injured fish or new arrivals a protected 1.9 L space without disturbing the rest of the tank. Up to three separate compartments can be set up using the included partition plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.9 L (0.5 US gal) capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough room for growing fry, not just newborns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — three included partition plates let you divide the box into one, two or three compartments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUses your existing tank water\u003c\/strong\u003e — an air pump draws conditioned water from the main aquarium, so there's no separate heater or filter to run.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHangs on the outside of the tank\u003c\/strong\u003e — saves display space compared with a floating or fully internal breeder box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLevelling adjusters\u003c\/strong\u003e — for a secure fit on tanks near the compatible frame and glass-thickness limits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClear walls\u003c\/strong\u003e — for easy monitoring without lifting the cover.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.9 L (0.5 US gal)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e26 x 14 x 12 cm (10.25″ x 5.5″ x 4.75″)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompartments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1, 2 or 3, using the included partition plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrameless tank compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass thickness 5–10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFramed tank compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame width under 47 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrive\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAir-powered water circulation — requires a separate air pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer SKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3638\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e015561109437\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your tank's rim before ordering. On a frameless (rimless) tank, the box clips onto glass between 5 mm and 10 mm thick. On a framed tank, the frame itself must be narrower than 47 mm. Outside either range, the clasps won't seat securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreeding box with cover and cover clasps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 partition plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevelling adjusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntake tube and intake extension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12″ airline tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDischarge cap, strainer and O-ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDischarge slit plates for both thick and thin frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn air pump is required to circulate water and is not included — Fluval specifies a pump rated at 1 L\/minute or less (Item A849) with matching airline tubing (Item A1141). An oversized pump can push flow through the box too hard for fry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLivebearer fry, growing out juvenile fish, isolating a fin-nipped or injured fish, and short-term acclimation or quarantine of new arrivals. Fresh and saltwater.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTurn the air pump off before lifting the cover or removing the box for cleaning. Because the box shares water with the main tank, water quality in the box tracks the display tank — it isn't a substitute for quarantine dosing or treatment, which needs separate, untreated water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep young children from handling or playing with the unit while it's mounted. Overstocking a chamber can deplete oxygen faster than the air-driven flow replaces it — keep fry numbers modest per compartment, especially in the smallest of the three chambers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need a heater or filter for the box?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it circulates water drawn from the main aquarium, so the box shares the display tank's temperature and filtration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit a rimless tank with 12 mm glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The frameless mounting range is 5–10 mm glass thickness — 12 mm is outside that range and the clasps won't seat securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many fry can I keep in one compartment?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval doesn't publish a stocking number — as a general rule, keep numbers modest and watch for fish crowding at the surface, which signals the air-driven flow isn't keeping up with oxygen demand.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242240262435,"sku":"AA3638","price":54.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/fluval-holding-and-breeder-box-19l-3003715-1600.jpg?v=1781836773"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-pendant-150cm","title":"Red Sea Reef LED Pendant 150cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend your reef lights over an open-top tank instead of clipping them to the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED Pendant is a hanging bar kit for tanks up to around 150 cm (59 in) wide, letting ReefLED fixtures sit above the water on wires rather than on rim-mount brackets — the look most reefers want on an open-top display.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire-suspension mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — lifts ReefLED fixtures clear of the rim for an unobstructed, open-top view of the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSized for tanks up to about 150 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's equivalent kit in this size band is built to carry three ReefLED 90 or ReefLED 160S fixtures spaced along the bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or white trim\u003c\/strong\u003e — it sits above the tank rather than inside the aquascape, so finish matters more than on an in-tank part.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ not included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded:\u003c\/strong\u003e pendant mounting bar and suspension hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot included:\u003c\/strong\u003e the ReefLED light fixtures themselves, and the ReefLED adapter trays that clip each fixture to the bar — both sold separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is built for tanks up to roughly 150 cm (59 in) wide. Red Sea sells this pendant style in width-specific bands rather than one universal size, so if your tank is close to that limit, confirm your exact tank width and the number of ReefLED fixtures you're running before ordering — we can check it against Red Sea's current range for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e open-top marine and reef tanks where you want fixtures suspended rather than rim-clamped.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks with a canopy or hood, or rimless tanks where a clamp-on arm is a simpler fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty against defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping across Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need anything else to use this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — your ReefLED fixtures and their adapter trays are separate purchases. The pendant bar and suspension wires are the mounting system only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many lights can I hang from it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's equivalent kit in this width band is designed for three ReefLED 90 or 160S fixtures. Confirm your fixture count with us before ordering if you're planning something different.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this with a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — pendant mounting is the standard choice for open-top and rimless tanks where you don't want a clamp visible on the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242245964067,"sku":"AA3337","price":475.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-reef-led-pendant-150cm-3002038-1600.jpg?v=1781836192"},{"product_id":"fluval-digital-aquarium-thermometer","title":"Fluval Digital Aquarium Thermometer","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNo probes, no cables — just stick it on the glass and read both temperatures at once.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Digital Aquarium Thermometer is a 2-in-1 wireless unit that adheres to the outside of your tank below the waterline and reads water temperature through the glass, alongside the ambient room temperature, on a single LCD display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt suits freshwater and saltwater aquariums and is accurate to within 1°C (2°F) of the true reading. Because there's no submersible probe or cable to route through the hood, it's a tidy option for anyone who doesn't want more hardware sitting inside the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 reading\u003c\/strong\u003e — shows water temperature (sensed through the glass) and ambient room temperature on the one display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo probe, no cable\u003c\/strong\u003e — adhesive-mounted to the outside of the aquarium glass, so nothing sits in the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge LCD display\u003c\/strong\u003e — switches between °C and °F.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccurate to within 1°C (2°F)\u003c\/strong\u003e of actual temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery powered\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on a single LR44 cell, included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-in-1 wireless digital aquarium thermometer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccuracy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin 1°C (2°F)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisplay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLCD, switchable °C\/°F\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdhesive, exterior glass, below waterline\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x LR44 battery (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater suitability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3193\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval hasn't published an exact temperature range, display resolution, unit dimensions or a specific warranty term for this model, so those fields are left off rather than guessed. Ask us if you need any of them confirmed before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for freshwater and saltwater display tanks where a clean, external, wireless read-out is preferred over an in-tank probe.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot the right choice if you specifically want a submersible probe thermometer that sits in the water — this unit reads through the glass from the outside instead. Fluval also sells a separate submersible digital thermometer if that's what you need.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe the display and adhesive pad clean of any salt creep or algae film during routine tank maintenance so the reading stays accurate. Replace the LR44 battery when the display dims or drops out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Fluval aquarium heater, so the thermometer and heater's own thermostat can be cross-checked against each other.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by your rights under Australian Consumer Law if it arrives faulty, damaged or not as described. Fluval hasn't published a specific extended warranty term for this model on the sources we could check — ask us if you'd like this confirmed before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this have a probe that goes in the water?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. It's a wireless 2-in-1 design — the whole unit sticks to the outside of the glass and reads the water temperature through it, so nothing sits in the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan it read the room temperature as well as the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — that's what \"2-in-1\" refers to. It shows water temperature and ambient room temperature on the same display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs it accurate enough to rely on?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFluval states an accuracy of within 1°C (2°F) of the true reading, which is a reasonable margin for day-to-day monitoring rather than precision dosing or breeding work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it work on a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, Fluval markets it for both freshwater and saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat battery does it use?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single LR44 cell.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242250027299,"sku":"AA3193","price":32.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/FLV05_4.jpg?v=1782878842"},{"product_id":"eheim-everyday-feeder","title":"Eheim Everyday Feeder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds your fish on schedule while you're away.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Eheim Everyday Feeder (model 3581) is a battery-powered automatic feeder that clips onto the aquarium rim and dispenses dry flake, pellet or granule food on a programmable schedule — up to eight feeds a day — so your fish are fed on time whether you're at work or away for the weekend.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 8 feedings a day\u003c\/strong\u003e — set feed times and portion size on the built-in LCD display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable portion slider\u003c\/strong\u003e — controls how much food drops per rotation, so you're not guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in drying fan\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps food in the hopper dry between feeds, reducing clumping and spoilage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal rim clamp\u003c\/strong\u003e — clicks onto most aquarium rims; the feeder slides on and off the clamp for refilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual release button\u003c\/strong\u003e — for an extra feed on demand, without disturbing the schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSee-through 100 mL hopper\u003c\/strong\u003e — so you can see at a glance when it needs a refill.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3581\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeeds per day\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 8, programmable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal rim clamp\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand wash only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncluded: feeder unit, universal mounting clamp, and 2 x AA batteries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou'll still need: your own dry flake, pellet or granule food (not included).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums, running dry flake, pellet and small granule food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for frozen, live or gel foods, or for tanks without a stable rim to clamp onto.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe out the hopper and drying-fan vents by hand between refills — this feeder isn't dishwasher safe. Replace the batteries before they run flat; a feeder that skips its schedule from a dead battery is the most common complaint with any auto-feeder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBattery-powered, not mains-powered, so there's no cord near the water. Mount it clear of direct splash or spray from filters or wavemakers so food doesn't clump and jam the mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with batteries?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, two AA batteries are included with the unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat food can I use in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlake, pellet and granule dry foods. It isn't designed for frozen or gel food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's suited to both freshwater and marine tanks running dry food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat if I'm away longer than usual?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's built for regular top-ups rather than indefinite unattended stretches — check the hopper level and battery charge before an extended trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Eheim's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Eheim","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242253795619,"sku":"AA3073","price":112.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/eheim-everyday-feeder-6287-1600.jpg?v=1781836439"},{"product_id":"juwel-digital-thermometer-3-0","title":"Juwel Digital Thermometer 3.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA clear read of your tank's actual temperature, from outside the hood.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Juwel Digital Thermometer 3.0 clips onto the aquarium cover flap and reads the water through a 100 cm wired sensor, so you get an accurate number without reaching into the tank or squinting at a stick-on strip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWired sensor, not a strip\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 100 cm cable carries the probe into the water while the display sits on the outside of the cover flap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge digital display\u003c\/strong\u003e — an easy-to-read screen, clearer at a glance than an analogue dial or adhesive strip thermometer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — the display clips to the cover flap from outside, so there's nothing inside the tank to catch on nets or décor beyond the thin sensor cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery powered\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on a single AA battery, no wiring into your power board.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits any aquarium\u003c\/strong\u003e — not tied to a specific Juwel tank; the cable length and clip mount work on cabinets and hoods generally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3413\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4022573857030\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDisplay\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital, external mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSensor cable length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x AA battery\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClips to the cover flap, sensor sits in the water\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 7 x 3 x 8 cm (display unit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums of any size, wherever there's a cover flap or hood lip to clip the display to. Not a replacement for a controller probe on a chiller or heating system that needs to switch equipment automatically — this unit only displays a reading, it doesn't control anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Juwel's 24-month manufacturer guarantee, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the sensor need to sit near the heater or the inlet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — for the most representative reading, place the sensor away from the heater and any filter outlet, where the water is well mixed with the rest of the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the battery last long?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eJuwel doesn't publish a runtime figure for the 3.0. As a simple digital display running on one AA cell, expect it to run for many months of normal use before the battery needs replacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the sensor and housing are safe for both freshwater and saltwater use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it replace my heater's built-in thermostat display?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's a good independent check on it. Many heater thermostats drift over time, and a separate thermometer catches that before it affects your fish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Juwel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242254844195,"sku":"AA3413","price":59.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/juwel-digital-thermometer-30-3001378-1600.jpg?v=1781836768"},{"product_id":"juwel-smart-feed-automatic-feeder-2-0","title":"Juwel Smart Feed Automatic Feeder - 2.0","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeeds your fish on schedule, whether you're home or not.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Juwel SmartFeed 2.0 mounts into the opening of a Juwel aquarium cover and dispenses flake or granulate food up to three times a day, in eight adjustable portion sizes, so stocking levels stay consistent through a weekend away or a longer holiday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to three feeds a day\u003c\/strong\u003e — program feeding times to match your normal routine, not a single dump of food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight portion sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — dial in the right amount for your stocking level rather than guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e110 mL base hopper, expandable to 220 mL\u003c\/strong\u003e — the included extension chamber roughly doubles capacity for longer trips away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin conveyor screws\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles both flake and granulate food without clumping or jamming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery or USB-C powered\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on 4 x AA batteries (not included) or via USB-C cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoliday interval mode\u003c\/strong\u003e — set a 24, 48 or 72 hour feeding interval for extended absences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmartFeed 2.0 feeder unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e220 mL extension feed chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting bracket for the aquarium cover opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAA batteries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish food\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C power adapter, if you choose to run it from mains power rather than battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAA3414\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eManufacturer product code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 mL base chamber, 220 mL with extension chamber fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeeds per day\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 3, programmable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePortion sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHoliday interval settings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 \/ 48 \/ 72 hours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake and granulate, via twin conveyor screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x AA batteries (not included) or USB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 x 13 x 7.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFits the opening in a Juwel aquarium cover\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine tanks fitted with a Juwel cover that has a feeder opening. Not designed for pellet food larger than standard granulate size, and not a substitute for checking on the tank during genuinely extended absences — it feeds the fish, not the filter or the water quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the hopper dry between fills — flake and granulate food that's absorbed tank humidity is the most common cause of a jammed conveyor screw. Empty and clean the chamber if food isn't being used within a few weeks, since flake food loses nutritional value and can go stale.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJuwel Digital Thermometer 3.0 — check the tank is holding temperature while you're away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA quality flake or granulate food sized for your fish species\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Juwel's 24-month manufacturer guarantee, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard shipping applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit any aquarium, or only Juwel tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed to fit the feeder opening moulded into Juwel aquarium covers. It can be adapted to other covers with a large enough opening, but Juwel doesn't publish a universal fitting guarantee.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if the batteries die while I'm away?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeeding stops until the batteries are replaced or the unit is connected to USB-C power — there's no backup power source, so check battery level before a longer trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I feed pellets instead of flake?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe twin conveyor screws are built for flake and granulate food. Larger pellets aren't listed as a supported food type.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work on a marine tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's not species or water-type specific, provided your food is flake or granulate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Juwel","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242255008035,"sku":"AA3414","price":169.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/juwel-smart-feed-automatic-feeder-20-3001946-1600.jpg?v=1781836769"},{"product_id":"rms-xr30-tank-mounting-system","title":"Rms XR30 Tank Mounting System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne arm that clamps a single Radion XR30 firmly above the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The RMS XR30 Tank Mount is EcoTech's single-light bracket for the XR30: an anodised aluminium arm that clamps to a rimmed or rimless tank up to 35 mm (1-3\/8\") of glass or rim and holds the fixture roughly 180 mm (7\") above the mounting point. It's backwards compatible with every XR30 generation — G3, G4, G5 and G6 — so a light upgrade later doesn't mean buying a new mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium arm\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds a single XR30 steady with no drift over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamps up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits rimmed and rimless tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackwards compatible with every XR30 generation\u003c\/strong\u003e — G3 through G6.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact clamp footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — 89 x 83 x 76 mm, so it doesn't crowd a narrow rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e330 mm (13\") clearance needed above the mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — worth checking against canopy or hood height before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR30 — all generations (G3–G6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRim\/glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 mm (1-3\/8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 x 83 x 76 mm (3.5\" x 3.25\" x 3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture height above mount point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~180 mm (7\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance required above mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm (13\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne XR30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on rimmed, rimless or eurobraced glass up to 35 mm thick. Measure the actual rim or glass edge where the clamp will sit, not the tank's overall footprint, before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a single Radion XR30 on one tank, on glass or rim up to 35 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR15 fixtures — use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr15-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR15 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e instead — or two or more lights on one tank, which need the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eMulti-Arm RMS kit\u003c\/a\u003e and a track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne RMS single-arm mount, sized for the XR30\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamp hardware for glass or rim up to 35 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-blue-led\"\u003eRadion XR30 BLUE LED\u003c\/a\u003e — the fixture this mount is built for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-pro-led\"\u003eRadion XR30 PRO LED\u003c\/a\u003e — EcoTech's higher-output XR30.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS Multi-Arm Mounting Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for running a second light on the same tank later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's 1-year limited warranty from date of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Register within 30 days of purchase to activate cover. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It clamps rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks up to 35 mm of glass or rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit older XR30 generations?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, EcoTech states it's backwards compatible with every XR30 generation, G3 through G6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much clearance do I need above the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow 330 mm (13\") above the mounting point for the arm and bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount two XR30s with this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this is a single-light mount. For two or more lights on one tank, you'll need the Multi-Arm RMS kit and a track.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242257695011,"sku":"AA1694","price":99.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/rms-xr30-tank-mounting-system-2735-1600.jpg?v=1781837191"},{"product_id":"red-sea-diy-net-cover-90cmx60cm-36-x-24","title":"Red Sea DIY Net Cover 90cmx60cm \/ 36 x 24","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCut a jump guard to your tank, not the other way round.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Red Sea DIY Aquarium Net Cover 90 x 60 cm is Red Sea part R42081 — a complete kit of aluminium profiles, corners, hangers, clear netting, spline and a spline roller that you cut and assemble to your own tank's measurements. It builds one finished cover up to 90 x 60 cm, with components for one customised cut-out for filters or plumbing. Red Sea specifies it for the REEFER 250 and MAX E-260.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCut to your glass, not to a stock size\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea gives the formula outright: profile length = glass length minus 50 mm, profile width = glass width minus 50 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 mm thin strand, transparent netting\u003c\/strong\u003e — Red Sea's own specification. Fine enough to stop jumpers, open enough to feed and see through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo mounting positions\u003c\/strong\u003e — the four hangers give inside-rim or on-rim mounting, so it suits rimless and rimmed open-top tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne cut-out included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the kit carries components for one customised cut-out to clear a filter, overflow or return.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpline roller supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tool that presses the net into the profile channel is in the box, which is the part most DIY screen kits leave out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea publishes a per-part-number contents list. For R42081 (90 x 60 cm \/ 36\" x 24\"):\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eQuantity or size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal corner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal corner\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHanger\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront spacer\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProfile (P1)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88 cm x 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSide and space profile (P2)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e57 cm x 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCut-out profile (P3)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 cm x 2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpline\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpline roller\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's product page and its assembly manual give different spline lengths for this kit, so we have not published a figure. There is enough supplied to complete one cover at the kit's maximum size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCutting tools.\u003c\/strong\u003e The only tool in the box is the spline roller. You supply the saw, mitre box and measuring gear to cut the aluminium profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional cut-outs.\u003c\/strong\u003e The kit covers one cut-out. Red Sea's assembly manuals mark part R42085 as not included — that is the component set used for extra or zig-zag cut-outs around rim-mounted equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra hangers\u003c\/strong\u003e beyond the four supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is the cover kit only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea states that components are available separately to accommodate additional rim-mounted equipment such as lighting arms, auto-feeders and overflow boxes. We have not listed part numbers for those add-ons because Red Sea does not publish product names against them, and the numbers circulating on overseas retail sites are not confirmed by Red Sea. Ask us and we will confirm current part numbers with the distributor before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR42081\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum finished cover\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 60 cm (36\" x 24\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNetting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 mm thin strand, transparent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet supplied\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium profile, customer-cut\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInside-rim or on-rim, via four hangers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCut formula\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProfile length = glass length minus 50 mm; profile width = glass width minus 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCut-outs supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne, using the components supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTool included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpline roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months, Red Sea aquarium products\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure your glass, subtract 50 mm from each dimension, and check the result fits inside 90 x 60 cm. If it does, this is your kit. If the tank is larger, step up the range below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrom Red Sea's own aquarium selection chart, R42081 is the specified kit for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEFER 250 and REEFER 250 DLX (fixed mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eREEFER 250 DLX (universal mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMAX E-260\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne honest caveat.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea's assembly manual also shows R42081 as an option for the REEFER 170\/DLX, REEFER XL 200\/DLX and REEFER XL 300\/DLX, while the selection chart assigns those tanks to the next kit up or down. The two Red Sea documents disagree. We have followed the selection chart above. If you own one of those three tanks, measure the glass and check against the kit's 90 x 60 cm maximum rather than trusting either document.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMAX, MAX E, MAX S and MAX Nano tanks are all covered somewhere in the range, but only the MAX E-260 maps to this 90 x 60 cm kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePart number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCover size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRed Sea tanks specified\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42080\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 x 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX Nano, MAX E-170\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42081\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 x 60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER 250 \/ 250 DLX, MAX E-260\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42082\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 x 80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX S-400, MAX S-500, REEFER Peninsula 500\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42083\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 x 80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMAX S-650\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eR42084\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 x 80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eREEFER Peninsula 650\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea is upfront that this is a do-it-yourself product. Their words: it offers versatility and customisability at a fraction of the cost of custom-built covers, but it does require proper DIY skills including planning, taking exact measurements and cutting aluminium profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sequence is measure, cut the profiles to the formula, join with the internal and external corners, lay the net over the frame, roll the spline into the channel to lock the net, trim the excess, then hang. Red Sea publishes video guides for the range on its support site.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea does not publish a tools list or an assembly time, so this page does not state one. Budget an unhurried afternoon for a first build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-top tanks where fish are jumping, or where you want to stop them before they do\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless and rimmed tanks, using the two hanger positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks needing a cut-out around a filter, overflow box or return\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a made-to-measure cover without paying for custom fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupporting weight.\u003c\/strong\u003e Red Sea publishes no load rating for this cover. Do not rest lighting, lids or anything else on it. Where the frame needs to clear a light arm, it is cut around it, not loaded by it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnyone unwilling to cut aluminium.\u003c\/strong\u003e Nothing in this kit is pre-cut to a finished size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks whose glass, minus 50 mm per side, exceeds 90 x 60 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovered or hooded tanks that already seal at the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-filter-media-bags\"\u003eRed Sea Filter Media Bags\u003c\/a\u003e — the other genuine Red Sea consumable most Reefer and MAX owners keep spare.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-20kg-refill-box-600ltr\"\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/a\u003e — a cover cuts evaporation, which steadies salinity between top-ups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-multi-test-kit\"\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Multi Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for the routine checks on a newly set up REEFER or MAX.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-testing-kit-75-tests\"\u003eRed Sea KH\/Alkalinity Pro Test Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — less evaporation means less alkalinity swing to chase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea warrants its aquarium products against manufacturing defects in material and workmanship for 24 months from date of purchase, excluding normal wear and tear and consumable items. Red Sea does not name the net cover in its warranty text, so treat 24 months as the product-class term rather than a guarantee specific to this kit. Any manufacturer warranty is in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law and does not limit them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit ships as a long flat carton because of the profile lengths, so it will not fit a standard satchel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat exactly comes in the Red Sea DIY Net Cover kit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor R42081 (90 x 60 cm): six external corners, two internal corners, four hangers, one front spacer, two 88 cm profiles, three 57 cm side and space profiles, two 10 cm cut-out profiles, spline, 3 m of net, and one spline roller. Cutting tools are not included — the spline roller is the only tool in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I work out where to cut the profiles?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's formula is glass length minus 50 mm for the profile length, and glass width minus 50 mm for the profile width. Measure the glass itself, not the outside of the cabinet or the rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Red Sea 90 x 60 cm net cover fit my REEFER?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea's selection chart specifies R42081 for the REEFER 250, REEFER 250 DLX in both fixed and universal mount, and the MAX E-260. For any other tank, measure the glass and check that each dimension minus 50 mm falls within 90 x 60 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I cut a hole for my overflow or filter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The kit includes components for one customised cut-out, using the two 10 cm cut-out profiles. For additional cut-outs or to work around lighting arms and auto-feeders, Red Sea sells separate components — part R42085 is marked as not included in Red Sea's assembly manuals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I rest my light on the net cover?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Red Sea publishes no weight or load rating for the cover, and it is a tensioned mesh in an aluminium frame, not a shelf. Mount lighting on its own arm or bracket and cut the frame around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The four hangers give both inside-rim and on-rim mounting options, and Red Sea describes the range as suitable for most open-top aquariums. Red Sea does not publish a maximum glass thickness for the hangers, so if your glass is unusually thick, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242260709667,"sku":"AA1357","price":113.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/red-sea-diy-net-cover-90cmx60cm-36-x-24-3003490-1600.jpg?v=1781836192"},{"product_id":"radion-led-premium-hanging-kit-gen5","title":"Radion LED Premium Hanging Kit gen5","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNothing touches the tank, and nothing blocks the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Radion LED Premium Hanging Kit suspends a single Radion XR15 or XR30 from the ceiling on two cables, with a grip-lock at each cable that sets the height. It is the answer for rimless display tanks, in-wall builds, and any aquarium where a clamp on the rim would be in the way. EcoTech also lists this kit as the Single Unit Hanging Kit; it is the same product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-cable suspension\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fixture hangs level from two ceiling points rather than pivoting on one.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrip-lock height adjustment\u003c\/strong\u003e — push cable through or pull it back to set the height, then trim the excess once you are happy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNothing on the rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the tank edge clear for feeding, glass cleaning and full-length lids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePublished drilling spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e — EcoTech gives the exact distance between mounting points, so you drill once.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne fixture per kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed and specified for a single Radion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion Premium Hanging Kit, also listed by EcoTech as the Single Unit Hanging Kit for Radion\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixtures per kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR15 and XR30. EcoTech's compatibility table covers generations G1 through to G5 Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting point spacing — XR30\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e247 mm (9.72 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting point spacing — XR15\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127.5 mm (5.02 in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMinimum mounting height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20.3 cm (8 in) above the tank, as recommended by EcoTech\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrip-lock on each cable; excess cable trimmed to suit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounts to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling or overhead structure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months from purchase, subject to product registration within 30 days, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging cable — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting screws — 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip lock screw — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrip lock body — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable mount base — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable mount cover — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEyelet cable — 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech lists these as additionally required. Have them ready before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling fixings\u003c\/strong\u003e — not supplied, because the right anchor depends on whether you are going into a joist, plasterboard or concrete. This is the item people most often discover missing halfway through the job.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3 mm Allen key\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScrewdriver\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWire cutters\u003c\/strong\u003e, for trimming the cable to length at the end\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Radion fixture itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my setup?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit hangs from structure above the tank, so the question is what is up there. Find a joist or another load-bearing point, because plasterboard alone is not a mounting surface for a suspended light over water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDrill to EcoTech's published spacing: 247 mm apart for an XR30, 127.5 mm for an XR15. Getting this right the first time is the difference between two holes and four.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the fixture at least 20.3 cm (8 in) above the tank. EcoTech states that mounting lower than this can expose the Radion to excessive moisture or contact with water, and that resulting water damage is not covered by warranty. That is the manufacturer's own wording and it is worth taking seriously on a fixture at this price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless display tanks where a rim clamp would spoil the look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn-wall and peninsula builds with solid structure overhead\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-fixture installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks where the rim needs to stay completely clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging two or more fixtures — that needs EcoTech's RMS hanging kit plus an \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-multi-light-rms-rail\"\u003eRMS track\u003c\/a\u003e and slides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRooms with no accessible structure above the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting closer than 20.3 cm above the water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRadion G6 owners without checking first — see the question below\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the grip-locks and ceiling fixings a week after installation, then once or twice a year. A suspended fixture is entirely dependent on hardware you cannot see from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWipe salt creep off the cables and eyelets when you clean the glass. Do not trim the hanging cable until the fixture is at its final height, because cable cannot be put back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-g6-g5-diffuser\"\u003eRadion G6\/G5 Diffuser\u003c\/a\u003e — softens the shimmer from a fixture hung high over an open tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-rms-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS Tank Mounting System\u003c\/a\u003e — the tank-clamped alternative if the ceiling is not an option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-multi-light-rms-rail\"\u003eRMS Track\u003c\/a\u003e — the starting point if you later add a second fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech Marine warrants its products for 12 months from the date of original purchase, and requires the product to be registered within 30 days of purchase for that term to take effect. The warranty excludes damage from saltwater spray, misuse and improper installation, and EcoTech specifically excludes water damage caused by mounting the fixture below the recommended height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll of that applies in addition to the consumer guarantees you have under Australian Consumer Law, which cannot be excluded, restricted or modified by a manufacturer's warranty. Warranty service outside the United States is handled through the local distributor, so Australian claims come back through us.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShips as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this hang two Radions?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The EcoTech Premium Hanging Kit is designed and specified for one Radion fixture. To suspend multiple lights you need EcoTech's separate RMS hanging kit together with an RMS track and one slide per fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit a Radion G6?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech's own compatibility table for this kit lists Radion generations G1 through to G5 Pro, and does not name G6. Our supplier lists it as fitting all XR15 and XR30 generations. Because those two sources disagree, we would rather you checked with us with your exact model than have you find out on a ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow far apart do I drill the ceiling holes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech specifies 247 mm (9.72 in) between mounting points for an XR30, and 127.5 mm (5.02 in) for an XR15. Measure against your fixture before drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eAre ceiling anchors included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. EcoTech supplies the cables, grip locks, cable mounts and four mounting screws, but the anchor that goes into your ceiling is not included because it depends entirely on your ceiling construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow low can I hang the light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech recommends a minimum of 20.3 cm (8 in) above the tank and warns that mounting lower can expose the fixture to moisture or water contact, with any resulting water damage falling outside warranty cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow long are the cables?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEcoTech does not publish a cable length for this kit. The cables are cut to length on installation using the grip-lock adjusters, so if you have a very high ceiling, ask us to confirm the supplied length before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242268737827,"sku":"AA0676","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/radion-led-premium-hanging-kit-gen5-2727-1600.jpg?v=1781836440"},{"product_id":"rms-xr15-tank-mounting-system","title":"Rms XR15 Tank Mounting System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne arm that clamps a single Radion XR15 firmly above the tank.\u003c\/strong\u003e The RMS XR15 Tank Mount is EcoTech's single-light bracket: an anodised aluminium arm that clamps to a rimmed or rimless tank up to 35 mm (1-3\/8\") of glass or rim and holds one XR15 fixture roughly 260 mm (10.25\") above the mounting point. It's backwards compatible with every XR15 generation, so upgrading the light later doesn't mean replacing the mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium arm\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid enough to hold a single XR15 steady with no drift over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamps up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits rimmed and rimless tanks alike.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple extension rails included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sets the fixture at the right distance from the glass on wider or narrower tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBackwards compatible with every XR15 generation\u003c\/strong\u003e — G3 through G6, so a light upgrade doesn't force a mount upgrade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e330 mm (13\") clearance needed above the mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — check canopy or hood height before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR15 — all generations (G3–G6)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRim\/glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 mm (1-3\/8\"), down to about 13 mm (1\/2\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClamp dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e89 x 83 x 76 mm (3.5\" x 3.25\" x 3\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture height above mount point\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e~260 mm (10.25\") to the top of the bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClearance required above mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 mm (13\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights supported\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne XR15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on rimmed or rimless glass up to 35 mm thick. Below that, the included extension rails take up the slack down to around 13 mm. Measure your actual rim or glass edge before ordering, not the tank's overall dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a single Radion XR15 on one tank, on rimmed, rimless or eurobraced glass up to 35 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Radion XR30 fixtures — use the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr30-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR30 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e instead — or two or more lights on one tank, which need the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eMulti-Arm RMS kit\u003c\/a\u003e and a track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne RMS single-arm mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamp hardware and extension rails for glass down to about 13 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr15-blue-led\"\u003eRadion XR15 Blue LED\u003c\/a\u003e — the fixture this mount is built for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr15-pro-led\"\u003eRadion XR15 PRO LED\u003c\/a\u003e — EcoTech's higher-output XR15.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS Multi-Arm Mounting Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for running a second light on the same tank later.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's 1-year limited warranty from date of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Register within 30 days of purchase to activate cover. Ships as a standard parcel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It clamps rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks up to 35 mm of glass or rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it fit older XR15 generations?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, EcoTech states it's backwards compatible with every XR15 generation, G3 through G6.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much clearance do I need above the tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAllow 330 mm (13\") above the mounting point for the arm and bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount two XR15s with this?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a single-light mount. For two or more lights on one tank, you need the Multi-Arm RMS kit and a track, not two of these.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242281025827,"sku":"AA1693","price":148.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/rms-xr15-tank-mounting-system-2734-1600.jpg?v=1781836511"},{"product_id":"rms-multi-arm-radion-mounting-system","title":"RMS Multi-Arm Radion Mounting System","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo anodised arms that turn a rimless tank into a multi-light rail mount.\u003c\/strong\u003e The RMS Multi-Arm kit supplies the pair of vertical uprights that anchor EcoTech's modular Multi-Light RMS system to a tank rim or glass edge up to 35 mm (1-3\/8\") thick. It's the structural half of a three-part system — an RMS track and an RMS slide for each fixture complete the setup — built for reefers running two or more Radion XR15 or XR30 lights over one tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnodised aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid enough to carry a multi-light rail without sagging at the ends.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamps up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — works on rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in cable management\u003c\/strong\u003e — routes Radion cabling down the arm instead of trailing across the water's surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShares one rail with XR15 and XR30\u003c\/strong\u003e — mix fixture sizes on the same track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts the light about 180 mm (7\") above the waterline\u003c\/strong\u003e once paired with a slide, per EcoTech's own multi-light diagrams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eComponent\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo RMS mounting arms (vertical uprights)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEcoTech part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXR710\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnodised aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRim\/glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 35 mm (1-3\/8\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRimmed, rimless, eurobraced\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRadion XR15 and XR30, on the same track\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold with\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArms only — track and slides sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many lights can I run on one rail?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCoverage depends on the RMS track length you pair with these arms. EcoTech's own sizing chart, standard mounting versus lights rotated 90° for tighter spacing:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights, standard mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLights, rotated mount\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm (20.5\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e68 cm (27\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e93 cm (37\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e119 cm (47\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144 cm (57\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e170 cm (67\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 cm (77\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e220 cm (87\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e246 cm (97\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box, and what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIn this box\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo RMS mounting arms (EcoTech part XR710)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamp hardware fitting up to 35 mm of glass or rim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch4\u003eYou'll still need\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-multi-light-rms-rail\"\u003eRMS track\u003c\/a\u003e, sized to your tank length from the table above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-rms-slide\"\u003eRMS slide\u003c\/a\u003e for each Radion fixture you mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Radion fixtures themselves — \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr15-blue-led\"\u003eXR15\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-blue-led\"\u003eXR30\u003c\/a\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e tanks running two or more Radion XR15 or XR30 fixtures on a shared rail, and single-light owners upgrading to a wider multi-light spread.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e a single fixture on its own — buy the \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr15-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR15 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/products\/rms-xr30-tank-mounting-system\"\u003eRMS XR30 tank mount\u003c\/a\u003e instead — or any tank rim or glass thicker than 35 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-multi-light-rms-rail\"\u003eRadion Multi-Light RMS Rail\u003c\/a\u003e — the horizontal track these arms clamp to.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-rms-slide\"\u003eRadion RMS G6\/G5 Slide\u003c\/a\u003e — one per fixture, lets each light slide along the rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/radion-xr30-pro-led\"\u003eRadion XR30 PRO LED\u003c\/a\u003e — EcoTech's current flagship fixture for this rail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by EcoTech Marine's 1-year limited warranty from date of purchase, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Register the product with EcoTech within 30 days of purchase to activate cover. Ships as a standard parcel — no special freight handling required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this include the track and slides?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This kit is the arm pair only. You need an RMS track sized to your tank and an RMS slide for each Radion fixture to complete the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The clamp works on rimmed, rimless and eurobraced tanks up to 35 mm of glass or rim thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mix XR15 and XR30 fixtures on the same rail?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Multi-Light RMS system is designed to carry XR15 and XR30 fixtures on the same track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow far above the tank does the light sit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce paired with a slide, the fixture sits roughly 180 mm (7\") above the waterline, per EcoTech's own mounting diagrams.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"EcoTech Marine","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242287317283,"sku":"AA0330","price":235.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/mpxr710_1756951232.jpg?v=1782303799"},{"product_id":"fluval-marine-plant-4-0-led-140cm-cable-suspension-kit","title":"Fluval Marine \u0026 Plant 4.0 LED 140cm Cable Suspension Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eHang your Fluval LED for a clean, open-top look.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Fluval 140 cm cable suspension kit lets you hang a Marine \u0026amp; Plant 4.0 LED above your aquarium for a tidy, rimless look and easy access to the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy aquarists use it\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenuine Fluval suspension accessory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHangs the light for an open-top look\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e140 cm cables for flexible height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTidy, modern installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood to know:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fits the Marine \u0026amp; Plant 4.0 LED units — check your light model first. Our North Lakes team can help.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLength:\u003c\/strong\u003e 140 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fluval Marine \u0026amp; Plant 4.0 LED\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eType:\u003c\/strong\u003e Light suspension kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSKU:\u003c\/strong\u003e BA8349\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBarcode:\u003c\/strong\u003e 15561145664\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55242296885539,"sku":"BA8349","price":45.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/FLED75b_4_434aa4d7-e8ce-4194-bba1-3d5c24c2f43b.jpg?v=1786076545"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-led-90-mount-arm-54-62-cm","title":"Red Sea Reef LED 90 Mount Arm 54 - 62 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFits ReefLED 90 and ReefLED G2 115, for tanks 54–62 cm front to back.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Red Sea ReefLED Mount Arm is the genuine rim-mount bracket that holds a ReefLED 90 or ReefLED G2 115 fixture clear of the water without a stand or hanging kit. This size covers aquariums measuring 54–62 cm from front glass to back glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the front-to-back depth of the tank at the point the arm will clamp, not the tank's overall length. This arm is sized for 54–62 cm front-to-back; Red Sea sells shorter and longer arms in the same range for tanks outside that window, so measure before ordering rather than assuming this is the universal size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits models\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTank depth (front-to-back)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMax glass thickness\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReefLED 90, ReefLED G2 115\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54–62 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm (3\/4\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum glass thickness figure is the published spec for Red Sea's ReefLED mounting-arm range rather than one confirmed specifically against this size — check your rim thickness against it before ordering if your tank is towards the thick end of that limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal mounting arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHinged bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ReefLED fixture itself. This is the mounting hardware only — buy the light separately if you don't already own one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e rimmed and rimless glass aquariums with a front-to-back depth in the 54–62 cm range, running a ReefLED 90 or ReefLED G2 115.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e the ReefLED G2 170, which is a larger fixture on a different mount pattern, or tanks outside the 54–62 cm depth window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the consumer guarantees available under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a standard parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the ReefLED G2 170?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The G2 170 is a larger fixture and uses its own mount arm sizing — check the G2 170-specific arm instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need one arm or two?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne arm holds one fixture. Tanks running two ReefLED units side by side need two arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this work on a rimless tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the clamp is designed for both rimmed and rimless glass, provided the glass thickness is within the arm's rated maximum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust the height after mounting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the arm is designed to rotate up out of the way for tank maintenance and back down into position afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default","offer_id":55269635817763,"sku":null,"price":95.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/da5083983d77860007051262ca862cbaaf0ed397_93e838a9-2df1-4005-a507-14891a07fe93.jpg?v=1782107308"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-hanging-kit-fits-reefled-g2-60-115-170","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Hanging Kit (Fits ReefLED G2 60, 115 \u0026 170)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend the fixture from the ceiling, with nothing resting on the rim.\u003c\/strong\u003e This genuine Red Sea hanging kit lets a ReefLED G2 60, 115 or 170 hang above the tank instead of clamping to the glass — useful on rimless tanks, tanks with a rim too thick for the standard mounting arm, or simply where you want the fixture held clear of the water for feeding and maintenance access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFits the whole G2 range\u003c\/strong\u003e — one kit suspends the ReefLED G2 60, 115 or 170; Red Sea also lists it as compatible with the previous-generation ReefLED 50, 90 and 160.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCeiling suspension, not rim mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e — the fixture hangs on wires rather than clamping to the glass, so it works on tanks the standard mounting arm can't grip and leaves the rim completely clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire suspension lets you set the light's drop to suit coral depth, rather than being fixed to the tank's rim height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Red Sea part\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for a secure, level hang over a display tank rather than a generic ceiling hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed Sea ReefLED G2 60, G2 115, G2 170 (also compatible with previous-generation ReefLED 50, 90 and 160)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeiling or overhead-frame suspension by wire\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold as\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne kit per ReefLED fixture being hung\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit mounts to your ceiling or an overhead frame rather than to the tank, so it suits any tank width — it's the ceiling height and joist or stud location above the aquarium that need checking before you drill. It's the better choice over the standard mounting arm on rimless tanks, tanks with too thick a rim for the arm's clamp, or where you don't want equipment overhanging the rim at all.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for hanging a single ReefLED G2 fixture from a solid ceiling or frame above the tank. Not a multi-light frame — if you're running two or more ReefLED units across a wider display, the Red Sea Pendant (sold separately) holds several fixtures on one suspended frame and is the better fit for that setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the suspension wires and ceiling fixings periodically, particularly in the weeks after installation and after any accidental knock to the fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Red Sea's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your consumer guarantee rights under Australian Consumer Law. A small parts item, sent by standard parcel delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes one kit hang more than one light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this kit suspends a single ReefLED G2 fixture. For multiple lights over a wider tank, use the Red Sea Pendant, which holds several units on one frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this replace the mounting arm, or work alongside it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt replaces it. The hanging kit is a ceiling-suspension alternative to the rim-clamping mounting arm — you'd use one or the other on a given fixture, not both.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust the height after installation?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The wire suspension lets you raise or lower the fixture to set its distance from the water without reinstalling the ceiling fixings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"RedSea","offers":[{"title":"Default","offer_id":55269635850531,"sku":null,"price":61.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/cf4f0c0ae03a4d78995a2f4185b36aea12cb016b.png?v=1782107310"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-coral-holder","title":"Aqua Medic Coral Holder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAn adjustable acrylic stand that holds a coral, clam or invertebrate at height in the display, without gluing it to the rockwork.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Coral Holder lets you position and reposition specimens as your reef layout changes, rather than committing them to one spot with glue or epoxy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable acrylic support\u003c\/strong\u003e — accommodates corals, clams and invertebrates across a range of sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo gluing required\u003c\/strong\u003e — specimens can be lifted and repositioned as your aquascape develops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — sits unobtrusively in the display among rockwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAcrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 x 89 x 54 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \/ reef\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eItem number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230.03\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for displaying corals, clams and invertebrates of various sizes in a reef aquarium. Not designed as a permanent mounting solution for large, heavy specimens — check the holder sits securely in your rock structure before relying on it for a valuable piece.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by the Aqua Medic manufacturer warranty in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard parcel delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit any size of coral frag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe support is adjustable, so it accommodates a range of sizes rather than one fixed dimension — check your specimen against the holder's overall size (98 x 89 x 54 mm) before buying if you're working with something unusually large.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I move a coral once it's in the holder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — that's the advantage over gluing. You can lift the holder and reposition it as your aquascape changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it reef safe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — acrylic is inert and won't affect water chemistry.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285032124707,"sku":"AM23003","price":16.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/13110_Coral-20holder_12747379920.jpg?v=1786058088"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-frag-board-mag","title":"Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA magnetic mounting plate that holds coral frags exactly where you want them, without drilling or gluing anything to the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag is a polished acrylic plate held in place by an external magnet, so frags can be repositioned, added or removed from the display without reaching into the water to move rock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic mount\u003c\/strong\u003e — external magnet holds the internal acrylic plate in place through glass up to 12 mm thick, no drilling or suction cups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 frag pins included\u003c\/strong\u003e — ready to mount eight frags straight out of the box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePolished acrylic plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — 240 × 100 × 50 mm, sized to sit discreetly against the glass rather than dominate the aquascape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRepositionable\u003c\/strong\u003e — slide the external magnet along the glass to move the whole board, or lift individual frag pins to rearrange frags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate dimensions (L × W × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 × 100 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolished acrylic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum glass thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrag pins included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck your glass thickness against the 12 mm maximum before ordering — the magnet is rated to hold through glass up to that thickness. It is not rated for acrylic aquarium walls, which are typically thicker than 12 mm at the sizes this board suits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcrylic frag plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal magnetic holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 frag pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional Aqua Medic Frag Pins (sold in packs of 20) extend the board past its included eight positions. Reef Construct or Coral Construct coral glue secures frags to the pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reef aquariums with glass walls up to 12 mm thick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for acrylic-walled aquariums or glass thicker than 12 mm — the magnet will not hold reliably outside its rated thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many frags does the board hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEight, using the frag pins included in the box. Additional Aqua Medic Frag Pins (20pcs) let you fit more positions on the same plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the magnet mark or scratch my glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe external magnet sits against the outside of the glass and slides to reposition; as with any magnetic aquarium accessory, keep the glass clear of grit before sliding it to avoid scratching.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this work on rimless tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it mounts on any flat glass panel up to 12 mm thick, rimless or rimmed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285032321315,"sku":"AM23050","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/13658_frag-board-mag-incl-pins.png?v=1786066024"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-frag-pins-20pcs","title":"Aqua Medic Frag Pins (20pcs)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwenty replacement pins for mounting coral frags on the Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag, or gluing directly to rock and plugs.\u003c\/strong\u003e Each pin's holding system is shaped to seat coral frags securely while still allowing them to be lifted and repositioned without disturbing neighbouring frags.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of 20\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to fully stock more than two Frag Board Mag plates, or use loose with coral glue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built holding system\u003c\/strong\u003e — shaped to seat a frag plug or fragment securely while allowing it to be lifted and repositioned by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched to the board's mounting holes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 pcs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePin diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e≈32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAqua Medic Frag Board Mag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e20 frag pins. Coral glue and a frag board are not included — see Goes well with below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic Frag Board Mag, which ships with 8 pins and accepts additional pins from this pack. Reef Construct or Coral Construct coral glue for mounting frags to the pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for mounting coral frags on an Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag, or gluing to loose rock and frag plugs outside a board.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo these pins fit boards from other brands?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're sized and shaped for the Aqua Medic Frag Board Mag's mounting holes; fit with other brands' frag racks is not confirmed by the manufacturer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat glue works with these pins?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic recommends its own Reef Construct or Coral Construct coral glue for securing frags to the pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these pins without a Frag Board Mag?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — they can be glued directly to loose rock or frag plugs and used without a board.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285032354083,"sku":"AM23056","price":36.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/12941_frag-pins-01.png?v=1786066025"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-reducing-t-piece","title":"Aqua Medic Reducing T Piece - 4\/6mm","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTaps a 4\/6 mm control line off a larger hose run without cutting into new tubing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Reducing T-Piece is a barbed PVC fitting that splits a smaller branch line off a main reactor, filter or dosing hose run. It's the fitting used to bring a CO2 line into a reactor, or a dosing line into a return, while keeping the main flow path in one continuous hose size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBarbed push-fit connections\u003c\/strong\u003e — grips standard flexible aquarium hose without extra clamps in most low-pressure runs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePVC construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists the salt creep and constant wetting typical of reactor and dosing plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed 4\/6 mm branch outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches Aqua Medic's dosing pump and CO2 line tubing size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree main-line sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 12\/16 mm, 9\/12 mm or 16\/22 mm, so it fits directly into the hose size already running on your reactor, filter or return line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarbed T-piece, push-fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBranch outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm (fixed on all variants)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain line sizes available\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/16 mm, 9\/12 mm, 16\/22 mm (select at variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMain line size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBranch outlet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/16\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12\/16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM41040\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\/12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9\/12 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM41041\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\/22\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\/22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\/6 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAM41042\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eMatch the main line size to the hose already fitted to your reactor, canister or return line — the branch side is 4\/6 mm on every variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e low-pressure gravity and pump-fed hose runs on reactors, canister filters, dosing systems and CO2 lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e high-pressure mains water plumbing, or as a structural joint under load — it's a hose barb fitting, not a threaded pressure fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne reducing T-piece, sized to the variant selected. Hose is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Small item, standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the branch side always come out at 4\/6 mm?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — on all three variants the branch outlet is fixed at 4\/6 mm. Only the main line size changes between variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit my existing hose without extra tools?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe barbed ends are a push fit onto standard flexible aquarium hose of the matching size. A hose clamp is recommended on any run under continuous pump pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use it to add a dosing line into a sump return?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, this is one of its common uses — select the main line variant matching your return hose, and run the dosing tube off the 4\/6 mm branch.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"12\/16","offer_id":55285033566499,"sku":"AM41040","price":15.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"9\/12","offer_id":55335402864931,"sku":"AM41041","price":15.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"16\/22","offer_id":55335402897699,"sku":"AM41042","price":15.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/14941_reducing-t-piece-2025-1600px_1.png?v=1786066028"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-round-grate","title":"Aqua Medic Round Grate","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKeep fish and debris out of your overflow.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Round Grate fits over an overflow or drain opening to stop larger fish, snails and debris being drawn into your plumbing, while still passing water freely. It's available in 40mm, 50mm or 63mm sizes, in black or clear, to match Aqua Medic's PVC pipe and fitting range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 40mm, 50mm and 63mm, to suit different overflow and drain pipe diameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack or clear\u003c\/strong\u003e — choose black to blend into dark sump plumbing, or clear to stay visually unobtrusive against light backgrounds.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen grate design\u003c\/strong\u003e — passes water freely while blocking larger fish, snails and debris from entering the drain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my overflow?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 40mm, 50mm and 63mm sizing matches Aqua Medic's own PVC pipe and fitting range — measure your overflow or drain pipe's outside diameter and match it to the closest size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e covering overflow boxes, drain pipes and skimmer intakes to keep livestock and debris out while maintaining flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e filtering fine particulate — this is a coarse debris and livestock guard, not a mechanical filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by the manufacturer's warranty in addition to your rights under the Australian Consumer Law. Standard delivery — a small, lightweight fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this stop small fry or shrimp getting through?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt's designed to stop larger fish, snails and debris — very small fry or shrimplets may still be able to pass through the grate openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow is it fitted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits over the end of a pipe or drain opening matching its diameter; check your plumbing's outside diameter against the size range before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes colour affect performance?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — black and clear perform identically. The choice is purely about how visible you want the grate to be against your plumbing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"40mm Black","offer_id":55285033894179,"sku":"AM41531","price":8.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"50mm Black","offer_id":55335402176803,"sku":"AM41532","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"63mm Black","offer_id":55335402209571,"sku":"AM41533","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"40mm Clear","offer_id":55335402242339,"sku":"AM41541","price":8.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"50mm Clear","offer_id":55335402275107,"sku":"AM41542","price":9.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"63mm Clear","offer_id":55335402307875,"sku":"AM41543","price":10.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/18706_round-grate.png?v=1786066070"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-tank-union","title":"Aqua Medic Tank Union","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA bulkhead fitting that seals a drilled tank or sump wall against a leak, in three sizes matched to standard 25, 32 and 40 mm pipe.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Tank Union is a two-piece ABS fitting that passes through a drilled hole in glass or acrylic and gives you a threaded connection on the other side for rigid PVC plumbing — the standard way to run an overflow, drain or return through a tank or sump wall. It ships with the sealing ring and clamping nut needed to fit it, and its low-profile body lets the tank drain closer to empty than a taller fitting would.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — TV25, TV32 and TV40, matched to 25 mm, 32 mm and 40 mm OD pipe respectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eABS construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — resists the salt and chemical exposure of aquarium plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSealing ring and clamping nut included\u003c\/strong\u003e — no separate gasket purchase needed to fit it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact body\u003c\/strong\u003e — a shorter through-wall length than many bulkhead fittings, which helps low-profile sumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — works on any drilled glass or acrylic panel at the matching hole size, not just Aqua Medic tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTV25\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTV32\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTV40\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e417.25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e417.32\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e417.40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePipe connection (OD)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e32 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass\/acrylic drill hole diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThread size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1¼\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1¾\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eABS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeal and nut included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOur own listed \"hole size\" ranges (32–35 mm \/ 42–45 mm \/ 55–60 mm) are close to but not identical with Aqua Medic's stated fixed drill diameters above — measure your actual drilled hole before ordering, or check with us if you're drilling to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size do I need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMatch the union to the pipe you're already running, or plan to run: TV25 for 25 mm pipe (a common size for smaller overflows and returns), TV32 for 32 mm, and TV40 for 40 mm, which suits higher-flow drains on larger systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTank union body (threaded barrel and back nut)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealing ring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClamping nut\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePVC pipe and fittings beyond the union itself\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrilling of the glass or acrylic panel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for any drilled glass or acrylic aquarium or sump wall at the matching hole diameter, connecting to standard metric PVC pipe. Not a solution for undrilled tanks, and not rated by the manufacturer for a stated maximum panel thickness — if you're working with unusually thick glass, confirm clearance before drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the seal periodically for any weeping, and replace the sealing ring if it hardens or shows wear — this is a wear item on any bulkhead fitting over years of submersion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatching-size PVC pipe and elbows for your drain or return run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAqua Medic Universal Holder, for mounting any controller probes near the plumbing run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight — small and light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat size do I need for a 25 mm overflow pipe?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTV25, which is sized for 25 mm OD pipe and a 35 mm drilled hole.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with the seal already fitted?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt ships with a sealing ring and clamping nut included, ready to fit to a correctly drilled panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit a tank from another brand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it's a universal bulkhead fitting for any drilled glass or acrylic panel at the matching hole diameter, not specific to Aqua Medic tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat's the maximum glass thickness it will fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic doesn't publish a maximum panel thickness for this fitting. If you're working with unusually thick glass or acrylic, check fit before committing to a drill size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"TV25 (Hole size 32-35mm)","offer_id":55285034090787,"sku":"AM41725","price":31.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"TV32 (Hole size 42-45mm)","offer_id":55335402340643,"sku":"AM41732","price":33.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"TV40 (Hole size 55-60mm)","offer_id":55335402373411,"sku":"AM41740","price":42.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/18658_Tank-union-all-version.png?v=1786066070"},{"product_id":"aqua-medic-double-sucker-twin-3-pcs-bag","title":"Aqua Medic Double Sucker Twin (3 pcs\/bag)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThree flexible double suction cups that hold the Aqua Medic Fish Trap wherever you need it.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Aqua Medic Rubber Sucker Twin is a pack of three double-sided suction cups, designed to mount the Aqua Medic Fish Trap to the inside of the aquarium glass rather than leaving it sitting on the substrate. The same cups will also join other smooth-surfaced equipment together where a suction mount is a better fit than a magnet or a clip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePurpose-built for the Fish Trap\u003c\/strong\u003e — three cups is Aqua Medic's own recommended quantity for stable mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrees up trap placement\u003c\/strong\u003e — mount the trap at the height and position fish are actually using, instead of only at the bottom of the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible rubber construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — grips smooth glass or acrylic and other smooth-surfaced gear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of three\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for one Fish Trap installation, or spares for other mounting jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 double suction cups\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh-flexibility rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting the Aqua Medic Fish Trap to glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e418.11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic doesn't publish a cup diameter or a rated maximum glass thickness for this accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for mounting the Aqua Medic Fish Trap, and for joining other smooth, clean, non-porous surfaces inside the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for rough, textured or heavily algae-coated glass — suction won't hold reliably on a dirty or uneven surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eClean both the glass and the cup surface before mounting for the best hold, and check the seal periodically — rubber suction cups lose grip over time and are inexpensive to replace as a set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePairs with the Aqua Medic Fish Trap, which these cups are designed to mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Medic's manufacturer warranty, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need all three cups for one Fish Trap?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic recommends three for stable mounting, which is why the pack is sold as a set of three rather than singly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use these for anything other than the Fish Trap?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — they'll hold any smooth-surfaced equipment together, though the pack is designed and sized around the Fish Trap specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill they work on acrylic tanks?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Medic markets them for glass mounting; acrylic surfaces are generally softer and can scuff under a suction cup's grip, so check an inconspicuous spot first.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Medic","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55285034418467,"sku":"AM41811","price":21.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/12587_rubber_20sucker_20twin_01.png?v=1786066023"},{"product_id":"fluval-performance-led-suspension-kit","title":"Fluval Performance LED Suspension Kit","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe original suspension kit for Fluval's Performance-series LED light bars.\u003c\/strong\u003e Part A3979, this two-cable kit lifts an Aqualife \u0026amp; Plant or Marine \u0026amp; Reef LED light bar off the aquarium rim and hangs it above the tank instead — useful for open-top or rimless setups, or simply to get the fixture higher for a wider spread of light. It is not the kit for Fluval's newer 3.0, 4.0 or Aquasky ranges, which use a different bracket system (see below).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo 1.5 m cables\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough drop for most ceiling or overhead-frame mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlastic wall anchors included\u003c\/strong\u003e — for fixing the cable ends to a ceiling, shelf or overhead frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable tie-off block\u003c\/strong\u003e — locks the cable at the height you set, so the fixture doesn't slowly sag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — uses the mounting points already on the Performance-series light bar, no drilling into the fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer part number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA3979\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 1.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic wall anchors, cable tie-off block\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverhead suspension (ceiling, shelf or frame)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFluval LED range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattages\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits this kit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAqualife \u0026amp; Plant LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25W, 35W, 46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine \u0026amp; Reef LED\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25W, 35W, 46W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant 3.0 \/ Marine 3.0 \/ Aquasky\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — uses a nut-and-clip suspension kit instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant 4.0 \/ Marine 4.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo — uses the 140 cm cable suspension kit instead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x 1.5 m suspension cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic wall anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable tie-off block\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for Fluval Aqualife \u0026amp; Plant LED and Marine \u0026amp; Reef LED light bars in 25W, 35W and 46W. Not suitable for the Plant 3.0, Marine 3.0, Aquasky or 4.0 ranges — those fixtures use a different mounting bracket and a different suspension kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck the tie-off block periodically on a heavier fixture, since cable can creep slightly under sustained load. Keep anchors clear of damp ceiling material where they're fixed near an open-top tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/fluval-marine-plant-4-0-led-140cm-cable-suspension-kit\"\u003eFluval Marine \u0026amp; Plant 4.0 LED 140cm Cable Suspension Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — the correct kit if your light is a 4.0-series fixture rather than the original Performance series.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Standard freight applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my Aquasky light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Aquasky and the 3.0\/4.0 ranges use a different mounting bracket and a different suspension kit — this one is for the original Performance-series Aqualife \u0026amp; Plant and Marine \u0026amp; Reef LED bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use just one cable instead of two?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed to be used as a pair, one at each end of the light bar, for a level, stable hang.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with the light bar itself?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — this is the suspension hardware only. The LED light bar is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust the height after mounting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the cable tie-off block can be released and reset to change the drop height.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293299065123,"sku":"FLED10A","price":18.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/FLED10a.png?v=1782879722"},{"product_id":"fluval-suspension-kit-for-plant-4-0-marine-4-0-bluetooth-led","title":"Fluval Suspension Kit for Plant 4.0 \u0026 Marine 4.0 Bluetooth LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuspend your Fluval Plant 4.0 or Marine 4.0 LED clear of the rim, with no clamp touching the glass.\u003c\/strong\u003e This ceiling-mount kit (Fluval part A20482) replaces the fixture's leg mounts with two adjustable suspension cables, letting you position the light independently of tank width or rim style.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo suspension cables\u003c\/strong\u003e — hang the fixture from the ceiling or a shelf above the tank instead of clamping to the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable ceiling mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e — set your own hanging height and level the fixture over the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel mounting clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — attach the cables to the fixture body in place of the standard leg brackets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-minimal fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed to swap on without modifying the light unit itself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is made for the Fluval Plant 4.0 and Marine 4.0 Bluetooth LED ranges specifically — it is not a universal suspension kit. It fits:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluval Plant 4.0 LED, 22 W, 32 W, 46 W and 59 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFluval Marine 4.0 LED (Fluval's own catalogue lists this line as \"Reef 4.0\"), 22 W, 32 W, 46 W and 59 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is not made for the Plant PRO 4.0 range — that fixture uses a different suspension kit (see our separate PRO Plant 4.0 suspension kit listing) with different fixing hardware for its heavier, longer bars.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFluval part number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eA20482\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIncludes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 suspension cables, adjustable ceiling mounts, steel LED mounting clips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fixtures\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant 4.0 LED and Marine\/Reef 4.0 LED, all wattages (22–59 W)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe LED fixture itself is sold separately. This kit replaces the fixture's standard leg mounts — keep the legs if you may want to swap back to rim mounting later.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for hanging a Plant 4.0 or Marine 4.0 LED above an open-top or rimless tank, or where the rim shape won't take the standard leg clamps. Not suitable for the Plant PRO 4.0 range, and not a structural fitting for anything heavier than the Fluval 4.0 fixture it's designed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard hardware warranty against manufacturing defects. Standard parcel delivery within Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit the Plant PRO 4.0 or Marine PRO?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The PRO range uses a different suspension kit with its own fixing hardware — see our separate listing for that model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I still rim-mount the fixture later?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided you keep the original leg mounts that came with the fixture — this kit doesn't modify the light unit itself, it replaces the mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it come with the LED light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this is the suspension hardware only. The Plant 4.0 or Marine 4.0 LED fixture is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293299327267,"sku":"FLED75B","price":45.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/FLED75b_4.jpg?v=1782879721"},{"product_id":"fluval-suspension-kit-for-pro-plant-4-0-bluetooth-led","title":"Fluval Suspension Kit for PRO Plant 4.0 Bluetooth LED","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade specifically for the heavier, longer Fluval Plant PRO 4.0 bars — not a fit for the standard Plant or Marine 4.0 range.\u003c\/strong\u003e This kit (Fluval part A20484) uses a tool-free quick-release clip system and high-resistance steel fixing components to suspend the PRO fixture clear of the rim, with adjustable height and light angle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-release clip system\u003c\/strong\u003e — tool-free fitting to the fixture body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-resistance steel fixing components\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for the longer, heavier PRO bars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height and angle\u003c\/strong\u003e — position light where the tank needs it, independent of rim shape.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin suspension cables\u003c\/strong\u003e — ceiling or overhead-shelf mounting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis kit is made only for the Fluval Plant PRO 4.0 range. Check your fixture model against its rated tank width before ordering:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWattage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRated tank width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant PRO 60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38–60 cm \/ 15–23.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant PRO 90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e59–88 cm \/ 23.25–34\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant PRO 120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e88–124 cm \/ 35–48.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant PRO 150\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e117–154 cm \/ 46.25–60.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt does not fit the standard (non-PRO) Plant 4.0 or Marine 4.0 range — those use a separate suspension kit with different fixing hardware; see our other listing for that model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Plant PRO 4.0 LED fixture is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for suspending any Plant PRO 60, 90, 120 or 150 above an open-top or rimless tank. Not suitable for the standard Plant\/Marine 4.0 range, and not rated as a general-purpose ceiling fitting beyond the PRO fixture it's designed for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Fluval's standard hardware warranty against manufacturing defects. Standard parcel delivery within Australia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit my standard Plant 4.0 or Marine 4.0 light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — the PRO range uses longer, heavier bars and needs this kit's steel fixing components. The standard Plant\/Marine 4.0 range uses a different suspension kit; see our separate listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need tools to fit it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo — it uses a quick-release clip system designed to fit without tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I adjust the light angle as well as the height?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both height and angle are adjustable once suspended.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293299949859,"sku":"FLED75C","price":36.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/FLED75c_4.jpg?v=1782879774"},{"product_id":"fluval-auto-fish-feeder","title":"Fluval Auto Fish Feeder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrograms up to two feeds a day so your fish eat on schedule even when you're not home.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Fluval Auto Fish Feeder (Fluval PF2) is a battery-powered automatic feeder that mounts on your aquarium cover and dispenses a measured portion of flake, granule, pellet or freeze-dried food at the times you set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo programmable feeding times\u003c\/strong\u003e — set feed 1 (P1) and feed 2 (P2) on a 24-hour cycle, plus a manual test-feed button (M) to dial in the portion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable portion size\u003c\/strong\u003e — a slider controls how much food drops per feed, so you can match it to your fish load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e85 mL food chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds several weeks of flake, granules, pellets or freeze-dried food between refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery powered\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs on 2 x AA batteries, so feeding continues through a power outage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts without tools\u003c\/strong\u003e — the supplied secure base sticks to the aquarium cover or the Fluval Flex 123 L's feeding port.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFluval PF2 Programmable Fish Feeder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood chamber capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e85 mL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood types\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlake, granules, pellets, freeze-dried food\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x AA batteries (not included; do not use rechargeable batteries)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProgrammable feeds\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 2 per day, 24-hour cycle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnectivity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — standalone, no app or Bluetooth\/Wi-Fi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included \/ What you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe box includes the feeder unit and a secure mounting base. You'll still need 2 x AA batteries (non-rechargeable) and your usual dry fish food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for freshwater and marine aquariums fed dry foods — flake, granules, pellets and freeze-dried. Not suitable for frozen or live food, and it isn't an app-controlled or Wi-Fi feeder — if you want remote feeding from your phone, you need Fluval's Smart Feeding range instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eKeep the food chamber dry between refills — damp food can clog the dispensing mechanism. Wipe the housing down rather than submerging it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSafety\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBattery-operated only — there's no mains connection to manage. Use fresh, non-rechargeable AA batteries as Fluval specifies; rechargeables can affect the feeder's timing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eStock up on flake or pellet food sized for your fish, and a spare set of AA batteries so a flat battery never means a missed feed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFluval's manual states a 2-year limited warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to the consumer guarantees you have under Australian Consumer Law. Ships from Nick's Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium, Brisbane \/ North Lakes QLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow many times a day can it feed my fish?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to two programmed feeds in a 24-hour cycle, using the P1 and P2 buttons, plus a manual test feed whenever you press M.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it connect to an app?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a standalone battery-powered feeder with no Wi-Fi, Bluetooth or app control. For app-controlled remote feeding, look at Fluval's Smart Feeding range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat food can I use in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlake, granules, pellets and freeze-dried foods. It's not designed for frozen or live food.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat happens if the batteries run flat?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFeeding stops until the batteries are replaced, so it's worth keeping a spare set of AA batteries on hand — especially before you travel.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fluval","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293306568995,"sku":"FVL61","price":174.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/FVL61_2.jpg?v=1782880026"},{"product_id":"zoo-med-magnetic-suction-cups","title":"Zoo Med Magnetic Suction Cups","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNever scrape a failed suction cup off the glass again.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Zoo Med Magnetic Suction Cups (model MS-1) hold aquarium equipment against the inside of the glass with a strong magnetic mount instead of a rubber pad that hardens and loses its grip over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe set includes six assorted nylon clip sizes, so one mount can hold canister filter outlet tubes, filter intake tubes, spray bars, heaters, probes and airline tubing. Suits freshwater and saltwater tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMagnetic mount, not a suction pad\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds firm without the fading grip rubber suction cups suffer after months in the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6 assorted nylon clip sizes included\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for filter intake and outlet tubes, spray bars, heaters, probes and airline tubing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable\u003c\/strong\u003e — the whole point of a magnetic mount is that you stop replacing failed suction cups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFresh and saltwater safe\u003c\/strong\u003e — the nylon clips and magnet housing don't corrode in either water type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpec\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZM256\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZoo Med MS-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMount type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClips included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 assorted nylon clip sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and saltwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included, and what you'll still need\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIncluded: the magnetic mount plus 6 assorted nylon clips. You won't need anything else for typical use — just clip in the tubing, cable or equipment you want to route neatly against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSuitable for holding filter tubing, spray bars, heaters, probes and airline tubing against the inside of aquarium glass, in both freshwater and marine tanks. Not the right choice for structural jobs — Zoo Med hasn't published a maximum glass thickness rating for this magnet pair, so test the hold on your own tank before relying on it for anything heavy or safety-critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe both magnet halves clean occasionally — algae or mineral build-up between the magnet and the glass weakens the hold. If the pull feels weak, reposition it rather than forcing it to grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eZoo Med doesn't publish a specific warranty term for this accessory. Your rights under Australian Consumer Law apply regardless of any manufacturer term. Standard shipping applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the magnet work through thick aquarium glass?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eZoo Med hasn't published a maximum glass thickness for this mount, so we can't give an exact figure. Test the hold on your own tank before relying on it for anything critical, and expect a stronger hold on thinner glass.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat can I clip to it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe six included nylon clip sizes suit filter intake and outlet tubes, spray bars, aquarium heaters, probes and airline tubing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs it safe for a saltwater tank?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes — the nylon clips and magnet housing are safe in both freshwater and saltwater setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need more than one?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMost tanks use two or three — one per piece of equipment you want to route neatly against the glass.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZooMed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293328982307,"sku":"ZM256","price":33.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ZM256_4.png?v=1782882875"},{"product_id":"zoo-med-betta-automatic-feeder","title":"Zoo Med Betta Automatic Feeder","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYour betta eats on schedule while you are away for the weekend.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Zoo Med Bettamatic Automatic Daily Betta Feeder is a battery-powered automatic betta feeder that releases a portion of pellets every 12 hours — two feeds a day on a single AA battery. It mounts to the side of a standard tank, or to a round betta bowl using the rail kit supplied in the box. Zoo Med lists it as item BF-1.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBettas are almost always kept alone in a small volume of water. That is the setup where a patchy feeding routine shows up fastest: a missed day, a guilty double portion, then cloudy water. A fixed twice-daily release removes both halves of that cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReleases food every 12 hours\u003c\/strong\u003e — two feeds a day on a fixed cycle. There is nothing to program and nothing to remember on the way out the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on one AA battery, supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e — no mains lead near the water, no plugpack and nothing extra on the powerboard. Keep a spare AA in the cabinet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounts two ways\u003c\/strong\u003e — directly to the side of a standard tank, or to a round bowl using the rail kit Zoo Med encloses. Round bowls are the case most feeders cannot handle at all.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt around micro pellets\u003c\/strong\u003e — Zoo Med designs it for their \u003ca href=\"\/products\/zoo-med-betta-micro-floating-pellets-carded-4-3gm\"\u003eMicro Floating Betta Pellets\u003c\/a\u003e, and includes a food sample so it works the day it arrives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSample water conditioner in the box\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough for a first water change, not an ongoing supply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne configuration only\u003c\/strong\u003e — Zoo Med item BF-1. There is no larger or smaller version in the range to weigh up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBettamatic Automatic Daily Betta Feeder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eZoo Med item number\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBF-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeeding interval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEvery 12 hours (two feeds per day)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne AA battery, included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMains power\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot required — no 240 V connection, no plugpack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank side, or rail kit for round bowls and other tanks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFood type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned for Zoo Med Micro Floating Betta Pellets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFish per feeder\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOne betta\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBettamatic feeder unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRail kit, for round betta bowls and tanks the unit cannot clip to directly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne AA battery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSample of Zoo Med Betta Food Pellets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSample of water conditioner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn ongoing food supply. The sample gets you started — you will want a card of \u003ca href=\"\/products\/zoo-med-betta-micro-floating-pellets-carded-4-3gm\"\u003eMicro Floating Betta Pellets\u003c\/a\u003e alongside it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA heater. Bettas are tropical, and a small unheated bowl in a Brisbane winter still drops below where they are comfortable. The \u003ca href=\"\/products\/zoo-med-bettatherm-betta-heater\"\u003eZoo Med BettaTherm\u003c\/a\u003e is the matching option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA filter, or filter cartridges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpare batteries beyond the one supplied.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my tank?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit is designed to mount directly to the side of a standard tank. That covers most small rimmed and rimless betta tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhere it cannot clip directly — a round bowl, a curved wall, an unusually thick rim — the enclosed rail kit is the answer. Zoo Med supplies it in the box specifically for round betta bowls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZoo Med does not publish the feeder's dimensions or a maximum rim thickness, so we cannot give you a fit-check number. If your tank has a full glass lid with no gap at the back, measure the opening you would mount through before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA single betta in a tank or bowl, fed twice daily\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekends and short trips where nobody is coming in to feed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHouseholds where feeding times drift — shift work, school runs, travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRound betta bowls, using the rail kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeepers who want the food out of a child's reach and the portion out of their hands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommunity tanks. It is built to feed one betta, not a stocked aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlake, freeze-dried bloodworm or wafer foods. Zoo Med designs it around their micro floating pellets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeepers who want a different schedule. The 12-hour cycle is fixed, and Zoo Med publishes no way to change the interval.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong absences without any human check-in. A feeder handles food; it does not handle a heater failure, a dead filter or a fouled bowl.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFry or very young bettas needing several small feeds a day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat Zoo Med does not publish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZoo Med publishes the feeding interval, the battery requirement and the mounting options for the Bettamatic. It does not publish the unit's dimensions, the portion size per release, or a battery life figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will not estimate those. A portion size in particular reads as a specification once it is printed, and getting it wrong in a small volume of water is exactly the problem this feeder is meant to solve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe practical approach is to run it for a few days while you are home, watch what actually lands in the water, and adjust the food you load accordingly before you rely on it unattended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoad only dry pellets. Damp food cakes in any feeder and stops releasing, and the failure is silent until you come home to a hungry fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChange the battery on a schedule rather than on failure. A flat AA in a feeder is not obvious from across the room.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest the unit through a full cycle before any trip. Run it for two or three days with you present, so you see two to three releases land, then leave.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the outside of the unit clear of condensation and splash. Wipe it dry when you top the tank up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/zoo-med-betta-micro-floating-pellets-carded-4-3gm\"\u003eZoo Med Micro Floating Betta Pellets\u003c\/a\u003e — the food the feeder is designed to dispense, and the one to keep on hand once the sample runs out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/zoo-med-betta-banquet-block-6-blocks-per-card\"\u003eZoo Med Betta Banquet 7 Day Blocks\u003c\/a\u003e — the other way to cover an absence. Worth understanding the difference before you choose; see the questions below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/zoo-med-bettatherm-betta-heater\"\u003eZoo Med BettaTherm Betta Heater\u003c\/a\u003e — feeding is only half of leaving a betta alone. Temperature is the other half.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/products\/zoo-med-betta-cleaning-kit\"\u003eZoo Med Betta Cleaning Kit\u003c\/a\u003e — for the water change that should bracket any trip away.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003ca href=\"\/collections\/zoo-med\"\u003eBrowse the full Zoo Med range\u003c\/a\u003e for the rest of the betta line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZoo Med does not publish a separate warranty term for the Bettamatic, so we are not going to quote one. Your rights under the Australian Consumer Law apply in full and are not limited by anything on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the unit arrives faulty or stops cycling in normal use, contact us and we will sort it out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a small, light item and ships as standard freight with no dangerous goods or cold chain restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow often does the Zoo Med Bettamatic feed?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Zoo Med Bettamatic releases food every 12 hours, which works out to two feeds per day. The interval is fixed and Zoo Med publishes no way to adjust it. If your betta is currently fed once daily, moving to this feeder means halving the amount you load per release rather than keeping the same portion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Bettamatic need to be plugged in?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The Bettamatic runs on a single AA battery, which Zoo Med includes in the box. There is no mains lead, no plugpack and no 240 V connection, so it adds nothing to the powerboard and needs no RCD consideration. Keep a spare AA on hand and change it on a schedule rather than waiting for it to die.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the Bettamatic with a round betta bowl?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Zoo Med encloses a rail kit for exactly this, so the feeder can be fitted to round bowls and to tanks it cannot clip to directly. That covers the case most automatic feeders cannot handle, since almost all of them assume a flat rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat food does the Bettamatic take?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eZoo Med designs the Bettamatic around their Micro Floating Betta Pellets and includes a sample so it works on arrival. Flake, freeze-dried bloodworm and wafer foods are not what it is built to dispense — flake in particular bridges and jams in almost every pellet feeder. Stick to dry micro pellets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eShould I use an automatic feeder or a 7 day feeding block?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn automatic feeder delivers a real portion of real pellets on a schedule, so it suits repeated absences and ongoing use. A feeding block is a single-use vacation product with far lower nutrition per gram, intended to cover one trip of up to seven days. If you are away often, the feeder is the better long-term answer; for one holiday a year, a block is simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill the Bettamatic overfeed my betta?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt releases a set portion twice a day, so the amount depends entirely on how you load it. Zoo Med does not publish a portion size per release, which is why the sensible approach is to run the feeder for two or three days while you are home, watch what lands in the water, and adjust before relying on it unattended.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZooMed","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293329670435,"sku":"ZM361","price":69.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/ZM361_6.png?v=1782882937"},{"product_id":"barb-3-4-threaded-male","title":"Barb 3\/4\" Threaded Male","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA threaded male barb lets you plumb an Aqua Ultraviolet steriliser into rigid pipework instead of running hose all the way to the unit.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a genuine 3\/4″ threaded male barb fitting for Aqua Ultraviolet UV sterilisers – one end threads into a bulkhead, valve or fitting, the other end takes 3\/4″ flexible hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4″ threaded male end\u003c\/strong\u003e – connects to a threaded bulkhead, valve or T-piece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4″ barb end\u003c\/strong\u003e – takes standard 3\/4″ flexible aquarium hose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Aqua Ultraviolet part\u003c\/strong\u003e – sized to match the ports on the Classic and Twist 25 W–57 W range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4″ barb x 3\/4″ threaded male\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 x fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAqua Ultraviolet Classic and Twist UV sterilisers, 25 W–57 W range, and standard 3\/4″ threaded aquarium plumbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for connecting an Aqua Ultraviolet 25 W–57 W Classic or Twist unit to threaded plumbing, or for general 3\/4″ threaded-to-barb connections elsewhere in the system. Aqua Ultraviolet's larger units use bigger ports, so confirm your unit's fitting size before ordering. If your plumbing uses a different thread standard, check compatibility before fitting – imported fittings are commonly cut to NPT thread, which is not interchangeable with BSP without an adaptor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne fitting only. Thread tape, hose and hose clamps are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWrap the threaded end with plumber's thread tape before fitting to reduce the chance of weeping at the joint. Replace if the barb end cracks or the thread strips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSold as a genuine Aqua Ultraviolet spare part. Standard delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit standard Australian BSP plumbing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck before fitting – imported UV steriliser fittings are commonly cut to NPT thread rather than BSP, and the two are not interchangeable without an adaptor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this on the inlet and the outlet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, if both ends of your plumbing run need a threaded connection – order two if you're converting both ports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need thread tape?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – wrap the male thread with plumber's tape before fitting to get a reliable seal.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Ultraviolet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293336912163,"sku":"AUV40054","price":24.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/auv40054_1599612200.png?v=1786055946"},{"product_id":"half-union-3-4-reducing-bush","title":"Half Union 3\/4\" Reducing Bush","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA leaking or mismatched union fitting is almost always a sizing problem, not a faulty part.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a 3\/4\" reducing half union from Aqua Ultraviolet's own union and flow-switch fitting range, used to step a larger union body down to a 3\/4\" connection where your plumbing run is narrower than the port on your UV steriliser or flow switch. It's a genuine Aqua Ultraviolet part, not a generic hardware-store substitute, so the sealing faces match the rest of the union assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Aqua Ultraviolet fitting\u003c\/strong\u003e — part of the manufacturer's own union and flow-switch range, sized to seal correctly against Aqua Ultraviolet union bodies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteps down to 3\/4\"\u003c\/strong\u003e — for connecting a 3\/4\" line to a union or flow switch built around a larger body size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHalf-union design\u003c\/strong\u003e — pairs with the matching half already on your steriliser or flow switch housing to make a serviceable, un-gluable joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnection size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHalf union, reducing bush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAqua Ultraviolet UV steriliser and flow switch plumbing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMarine and freshwater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAqua Ultraviolet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable for reducing an Aqua Ultraviolet union or flow switch connection down to a 3\/4\" line. Aqua Ultraviolet sells this union family in several configurations — threaded and non-threaded, with and without an O-ring — so check the fitting currently on your unit before ordering, or order via your unit's model number if you're not sure which half you need. Not suitable as a generic plumbing reducer on non-Aqua Ultraviolet unions; the sealing face is matched to their fitting profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne 3\/4\" reducing half union. The matching union half, O-ring (where your configuration uses one) and any pipe or hose clamps are not included unless stated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow do I know if I need this part instead of a full union?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the union body itself is undamaged and only the reducing bush is cracked, worn, or missing its sealing face, replacing just the bush is enough. If the whole union body is damaged, you'll need the complete union assembly instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpare part, sold as-is. Standard delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill this fit any Aqua Ultraviolet steriliser?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits Aqua Ultraviolet units and flow switches built around a union that needs a 3\/4\" reduction. Aqua Ultraviolet uses different union sizes across its range, so match this against the fitting already on your unit rather than the wattage of your steriliser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs an O-ring included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAqua Ultraviolet sells versions of this reducing bush both with and without an O-ring. If your existing fitting seals with an O-ring, check that your replacement includes one before you rely on it for a watertight joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eCan I use this on a non-Aqua Ultraviolet UV steriliser?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe wouldn't recommend it. The sealing face is shaped to match Aqua Ultraviolet's own union bodies and isn't guaranteed to seal against another manufacturer's fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Ultraviolet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293336944931,"sku":"AUV40187","price":75.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/auv40187_1599612378.png?v=1786055947"},{"product_id":"auv-barb-fitting-2pk","title":"AUV Barb Fitting 2pk","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe two barb fittings that connect an Aqua Ultraviolet UV steriliser to your plumbing wear and split well before the unit around them does.\u003c\/strong\u003e This is a genuine pack of two 3\/4″ barb fittings for Aqua Ultraviolet UV sterilisers – the same inlet and outlet connectors supplied with the Classic and Twist series units across the 25 W–57 W range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGenuine Aqua Ultraviolet part\u003c\/strong\u003e – matches the 3\/4″ barb ports fitted to the Classic and Twist 25 W–57 W range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePack of two\u003c\/strong\u003e – enough to replace both the inlet and outlet fitting on one unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBarbed for hose\u003c\/strong\u003e – grips flexible aquarium hose; a hose clamp adds extra security on high-flow lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFitting size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\/4″ barb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePack contents\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x barb fittings (one inlet, one outlet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFits\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAqua Ultraviolet Classic and Twist UV sterilisers, 25 W–57 W range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWater type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFreshwater and marine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable as a replacement pair for the inlet and outlet fittings on Aqua Ultraviolet Classic and Twist units in the 25 W–57 W range, which use 3\/4″ barb ports. Not suitable for Aqua Ultraviolet's larger units – higher-wattage Classic and Twist models step up to larger port sizes, so check your unit's fitting size before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo 3\/4″ barb fittings only. Hose, hose clamps and the steriliser unit itself are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCare and maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBarb fittings are a wear item – the ridges that grip the hose flatten over repeated hose changes, and the plastic can become brittle with UV exposure and age. Replace if a fitting is cracked, if the hose keeps working loose, or if you notice weeping at the joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSold as genuine Aqua Ultraviolet spare parts. Standard delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWill these fit my 25 W Twist as well as a 57 W unit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes – the 25 W–57 W Classic and Twist units all use the same 3\/4″ barb port.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDo I need hose clamps as well?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey're not included, and a barb fitting alone will often hold on aquarium-pressure hose, but a hose clamp on each end is worthwhile if the run is under any real pressure or the hose gets disturbed often.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eMy unit's ports look bigger than 3\/4″ – will these still fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo – Aqua Ultraviolet's higher-wattage units use larger ports. Check your unit's fitting size before ordering, since fitting an undersized barb will leak.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Ultraviolet","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293337010467,"sku":"AUVBF","price":127.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/auvbf_1779404135.jpg?v=1786055946"},{"product_id":"hydra-ext-rail","title":"Hydra Ext Rail","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Hydra Ext Rail is a short connector section used to extend, join or offset an Aqua Illumination mounting rail, rather than a full-length rail on its own.\u003c\/strong\u003e Per Aqua Illumination, it is designed for mounting or hanging Sol, Vega and Hydra HD LED fixtures, and lets you connect one or more lights along a run.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShort extension\/connector section for Aqua Illumination rail-based mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in two lengths and two anodised finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLets multiple lights be mounted or hung along one continuous rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYD0019\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in (approx. 15 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYD0020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 in (approx. 15 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYD0015\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in (approx. 46 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYD0018\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 in (approx. 122 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufacturer-listed compatibility is Sol, Vega and Hydra HD fixtures. We have not independently confirmed fit with original (non-HD) Hydra, Hydra TwentySix or Hydra FiftyTwo rails, or with the separate HMS rail system - check with us if your light isn't in the HD range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne extension rail section in the length and finish selected. Full-length mounting rails, brackets and tank-stand mounts are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the 48 inch come in black?\u003c\/strong\u003e We list it in silver; confirm with us if you specifically need black in that length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this fit my original Hydra 52?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not confirmed - this range is manufacturer-listed for Sol, Vega and Hydra HD. Ask us to check before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"18\" Black","offer_id":55293337469219,"sku":"HYD0015","price":50.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"48\" Silver","offer_id":55335397949731,"sku":"HYD0018","price":99.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"6\" Black","offer_id":55335397982499,"sku":"HYD0019","price":47.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"6\" Silver","offer_id":55335398015267,"sku":"HYD0020","price":47.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/EXT_Rail_Packaging1_53d6bce150647.jpg?v=1783215859"},{"product_id":"hydra-hanging-kit-rail","title":"Hydra Hanging Kit Rail","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Hydra Hanging Kit Rail is a ceiling-suspension kit built for Aqua Illumination's rail-mounted Hydra lights, using a locking-slider mechanism for height adjustment.\u003c\/strong\u003e Per the manufacturer, it is intended for Hydra 26 and Hydra 52 fixtures and includes a step-down screw not found on the mount-only version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocking slider mechanism for tool-free height adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a step-down screw fitting, unlike the mount-only rail kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePairs with a mounting rail (sold separately) to suspend the light from above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufacturer-listed for Hydra 26 and Hydra 52. We have not confirmed whether this fits HD-series fixtures (Hydra 26HD, 32HD, 52HD, 64HD) or the separate HMS rail system - ask us first if your light is from the HD range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eHanging hardware with locking slider and step-down screw. A compatible mounting rail is required and sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this include the mounting rail?\u003c\/strong\u003e No, the rail is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill this suit my Hydra 32HD?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not confirmed - this kit is manufacturer-listed for Hydra 26\/52, not the HD range. Check with us before buying.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293337534755,"sku":"HYD0022A","price":79.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"hydra-32-64-flex-arm-18","title":"Hydra 32\/64 Flex Arm 18\"","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBends into place and holds a Hydra 32HD or 64HD fixture anywhere over the tank, without a rigid clamp arm to fight.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Flex Arm is a silicone-coated gooseneck mount with an 18 in usable reach, for rimmed or rimless tanks where a fixed pivot arm won't get the angle you need.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-coated gooseneck\u003c\/strong\u003e — bends and holds its position without a locking screw to adjust every time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 in usable reach\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough to bring the fixture in over an aquascape or push it out past a wide rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamps to rimmed or rimless tanks\u003c\/strong\u003e — no drilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact footprint on the rim\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits tanks where a rigid HMS arm and rail would crowd the top.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 in (45.7 cm) usable reach\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounts to\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTank rim, rimmed or rimless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFixture compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydra 32HD and Hydra 64HD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHYD32FLEX18\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBarcode\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e653341195128\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Hydra Flex Arm, 18 in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRim clamp and mounting hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eNot included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eHydra light fixture\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for a single Hydra 32HD or 64HD on a rimmed or rimless tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot suitable for the Hydra Edge, Classic or Prime lines, or for AI Vega and Sol — those use a different mounting interface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot a multi-light mount — one arm holds one fixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eGoes well with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHMS Single Arm Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — a rigid pivot-arm alternative if you don't need the gooseneck's extra reach.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHMS Hanging Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e — for suspending a rail instead of clamping to the rim.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWarranty and delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered by Aqua Illumination's standard hardware warranty against manufacturing defects, in addition to your rights under Australian Consumer Law. Ships as a small parcel item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fit both the Hydra 32HD and the Hydra 64HD?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt's sold and listed by Aqua Illumination as a fit for both. If you're mounting specifically on a Hydra 64HD, ask us to confirm compatibility with your unit before you order — some documentation lists the 32HD only, so we'd rather check than have you send it back.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it include the light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the fixture is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow far will the arm reach?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003e18 in (45.7 cm) of usable gooseneck, enough to bring the light in over the centre of most nano and mid-size tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill it fit my tank rim?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAqua Illumination hasn't published an exact maximum rim thickness for this mount. If your tank has an unusually thick rim or cabinet overhang, check with us before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55293338943779,"sku":"HYD32FLEX18","price":179.9,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0972\/7236\/5347\/files\/hyd32flex18_1586826622_thumb_ba3cf76e-cb78-46ce-a785-58fc15970fd3.jpg?v=1783215902"},{"product_id":"hydra-classic-mount-rail","title":"Hydra Classic Mount Rail","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Hydra Classic Mount Rail is a straight sliding track that lets an Aqua Illumination Classic-series light be repositioned anywhere along its length rather than fixed to one spot.\u003c\/strong\u003e It suits aquarists running Sol, Vega, or original (non-HD) Hydra, Hydra TwentySix or Hydra FiftyTwo fixtures who want to slide the light over the tank as coral placement changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixture rides freely along the rail and can be repositioned after mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as a fixed pre-cut length rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to pair with Aqua Illumination's Classic-series brackets and hanging hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 in (approx. 61 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 in (approx. 152 cm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003cp\u003eRail material and cross-section are not confirmed on our end - get in touch if you need exact dimensions before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSuitable for, and not suitable for\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMade for the Classic range: Sol, Vega, original Hydra, Hydra TwentySix and Hydra FiftyTwo. Aqua Illumination's newer HD fixtures (Hydra 26HD, 32HD, 52HD, 64HD) generally mount using the newer HMS system instead, and we have not confirmed cross-compatibility with this rail. Check your light's bracket type, or ask us, before buying if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's included\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne rail in the length ordered. Brackets and hanging kits are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCommon questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this fit my Hydra 32HD?\u003c\/strong\u003e Not confirmed - HD-series Hydra lights typically use Aqua Illumination's HMS mount rather than this Classic rail. Ask us to check before you buy.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I extend the rail for a wider tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e Aqua Illumination makes separate extension rails for this; ask us to help match one.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Aqua Illumination","offers":[{"title":"24\"","offer_id":55293339009315,"sku":"HYDCMR24","price":125.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false},{"title":"60\"","offer_id":55335398048035,"sku":"HYDCMR60","price":210.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}]}],"url":"https:\/\/nicksaquariumoceanariumterrarium.com.au\/collections\/builder-accessories.oembed?page=2","provider":"Nicks Aquarium Oceanarium Terrarium","version":"1.0","type":"link"}